PO, Canberra, AX.T. 2601, Australia

DOCUMENT RESUME

ED 056 303 AC 012 071

TITLE Handbook o Australian h'ult Educatial. INSTITUTION Australian Association of AdultEducati. PUB DATE 71 NOTE 147p. 3rd edition AVAILABLE FROMAustralian Association ofAdult Education, Box 1346, P.O., Canberra, AX.T. 2601,Australia (no price quoted)

EDRS PRICE Mr-$0.65 HC-$6.58 DEsCRIPTORS *Adult Education; Day Programs;*Directories; *Educational Facilities; EveningPrograms; *Professional Associations;*University Extension IDENTIFIERS Asia; Australia; New Zealand;South Pacific

ABSTRACT The aim of this handbookis to provide a quick reference source for a number ofdifferent publics. It should be of regular assistance to adult andother educators, personnelofficers and social workers, whoseadvice and help is constantlybeing sought about the availability ofadult education facilities intheir own, or in other states. The aim incompiling the Handbook has been tobring together at the National and Statelevels all the major agencies--university, statutory body,government departments and voluntary bodies--that provide programsof teaching for adults open to members of thepublic. There are listed also thelarge number of goverrmental or voluntary bodi_eswhich undertake educationalwork in special areas. The Handbook alsolists all the major public institutions--State Libraries, Museums,and Art Galleriesthat serve importantly to supplement thedirect teaching of adults bytheir collections. New entries includebrief accounts of adult educationin the Northern Territory andin the Territory of Papua-NewGuinea, and the systems of Colleges ofAdvanced Education. (Nuthor/CK) U.S. DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH, EDUCATION & WELFARE OFFICE OF EDUCATION THIS DOCUMENT HAS BEEN REPRO- DUCED EXACTLY AS RECEIVED FROM THE PERSON OR ORGANIZATION ORIG- INATING IT. POINTS OF VIEW OR OPIN- IONS STATED DO NOT NECESSARILY REPRESENT OFFICIAL OFFICE OF EDU- CATION POSITION OR POLICY CZ)

HANDB AUSTRALIAN ADULTEDUCAt0

rg, AUSTRALIAN ASSOCIATION OF ADULTEDUCATION 1971 HANDBOOK OF AU'MALIAN ADULTEDUCATION

with some particulars of Adult Education

New Zealand and theSouth Pacific South and South-EastAsia

AUSIRALIAN ASSOCIATIONOF ADULT EDUCATION Box 1346, P.O., Canberra,A.C.T. 2601

1971 TABLE OF CONTENTS

Page

7 INTRODUCTION

NATIONAL ORGANISATIONS 11 ... AustralianAssociationofAdultEducation 15 AustralianAdminisirative Staff College . , 15 AustralianBroadcastingCommission(A.B.C.) . 17 . . , AustralianCollege ofEducation , 18 AustralianCouncilofNationalTrusts ...... 19 CouncilofSocialServices._, .__ __ 19 Australian _., Australian Elizabethan Theatre Trust..., ... .._ 27 .._ _.. FrontierIncorporated _,.. ._. .22 Auttralian ..., AustralianInstitute of Human Relations._. .__ 22 Aumfalian Institute of Management...... 23 _.. AustralianInstitute of PoliticalScience..., ... 24 Australian Institute of Mental Health ...... , .... _... 25 Australian Outward Bound MemorialFoundation--, 25 ArtsCouncilofAustralia ...... _ .... 26 British Petroleum, Australia...... -... .,,, 27 Broken Hill Proprietary Co. Ltd...., ...... 27 Country Women's AssociationofAustralia...... , 28 Department ofEducation and Science ...- ...... , 28 Department of Immigration..., .... ._., ..., 29 Drama League of Australia., ...... 30 Family Life Movement of Australia __, .... 30 Junior FarmersMovement.... ,...... - 31 ,... NationalFitnessCouncil ..._ .... _.., 31 NationalLibraryofAustralia ...... 33 ...... National Library of Australia, FilmDivision 33 , ..., ... National Marr7age Guidance Councilof Australia _.. 34 The Australian National University,Department of Adult Education 35 Royal Auti-alian Army Education Corps...... 37 ...... -- WorldEducationFellowship .. __, ...... , 38 of Australia 39 Young Men's Christian Association __ .... Young Women's ChristianAssociationofAustralia.... 39 The Australian Council for the Arts

AUSTRALIAN CAPITALTERRITORY

Australia,A.C.T.Division ._. 40 Arts Council of .... Australian Institute of Anaionly _ . ..._ 41 .--- AustralianWar Memorial .... .-- --. .... 41 Education..._ Canberra College of Advanced , . 42 . , EveningCollege . 42 Canberra -. Canberra Technical College , ._. 44 Country Women's Association,A.C.T. Branch..., .... 44 National Fitness Advisory Committeeof the A.C.T. .... 44 National Library of Australia,Film Division ,

NEW SOUTH WALES 45 Advisory Board of AdultEducation . , 45 Advisory_Committeeon CulturalGrants . 45 Arts Council, of Australia(N.S.W. Division) 46 .... ----:-..... 47 Art Gallery of N.S.W. .._ AustralianMuseum ...... _., 48 Colleges a Advanced Educ.ation,N.S.W. , . , . 49 Country Women's Associationof N.S.W...... , 49 Agriculture ExtensionDivision 51 Uepartmentof .. Department of Education Evening Colleges 53 .,...... ,... DepartmentofPublicHealth ...... , .54 Department of Technical Education...... ,.., 56 Geological and Mining Musetim.., .._, ...... _.. 37 .. -----.-- Library of N.S.W. . .:.. .- 57 Library Board of N.S.W...... - ,_ 58 Library of N.S.W. Adult Education Section., .... 58 Macquarie University ..., ...... , .... .:.. . ,... 60 Museum of Applied Arts andSciences...... _.., ...... 60 National Fitness Council of N.S.W...-...... 61 N S.W. Associationfor MentalHealth ...... 61 .., ...... , ...... N.S.W. FilmCouncil .. ,.., 62 Nicholson Museum of Antiquities ...... _ ...... 62 .... -. Public Service Board of N.S.W, ... ..,, .... .' .. .., ...... 63 University of New England Department of University Extension... Page

.... 65 Department of External Studies ...... University of New England Studies . 66 L.1,,,ver.sityof N.S.W. Division of Postgraduate Extension 67 . ._...... Institute of Languages... .. _.. .. University of N.S.W, ,._ _., _,. .. 67 University of Sydney Department of AdultEducation . ... 71 Workers' Educational Association ofN.S.W......

.. 74 NORTHERN TERRITORY

QUEENSLAND 76 Arts Council of Australia Queensland Division 76 Boardof AdultEducation...... ,. 78 . .,. .. Department or Education ...... 79 DepartmentofPrimaryIndus 79 Health Educat ionCouncil ...... _ ... .- .. 80 James Cook University of NorthQueensland .. 80 National Fitness Council of Queensland , . .. 80 ... PublicLibraryofQueenslai .d ,... . . , 81 Queens land Art Gallery. _ ...... 82 .... QueenslandCountry Women'sAssociation 87 Queensland Institute of Technology . ,. .. 82 . ,... Queemland Museum .._ ...... , ...... , .. ... 83 Univel sity of Queensland External Studies Department 83 University of Queensland Institute of Modern Languages

SOUTH AUSTRALIA 85 Adult Education Division of TechnicalEducaticn, Education Department 86 87 Arts Council of Australia (S.A. Division)Incorporated 87 Associationfor MentalHealth,... _ 88 ...... Audio-VisualAidsCentre.... ,...... 88 Department cA: Public Health 88 Department of Agriculture Extension Service... 89 89 ... National Fitness Council of SouthAustralia.... 89 SouthAustralian Country Women's Association ... 90 South Australian Institute of Technology .-- 90 ... - , ... , _ ...... _ SouthAustralian Museum ...... 90 ...... StateLibraryofSouthAustralia...... 92 ...... University of Adelaide Department of Adult Education 93 Worker? Educational Association of SouthAustralia, Incorporated....

TASMANIA I 96 ; . .. Adult Education Board ... . 98 Arts Council of Australia Tasmanian Division, Incorporated -, .... 98 Council of Advanced Education...... 98 ...... Department of Education ...... 98 :- National Fitness Council of Tasmania ...... _. 99 ...... ,...... State Library 99 i Country Women's Association of Tasmania 99 Tasmanian Museum and Art Gallery . . ... 3 100 I4 University of Tasmania...... ,.. ..-

:I GUINEA ...... r -. ERRITORY OF PAPUA NEW , Fr-

P '

4 Page VICTORIA 103 Adult Education Associationof Victoria 104 Council of Adult Education 107 Country Women's Associationof Victoria 108 Department ofAgriculture . . on of Adult Education 108 Department of Education Secondary Schools' .. 110 Department ofHealth... . 110 Monash University Union Summer School 111 National Fitness Council ofVictoria 112 National Gallery of Victoria..., 112 Natior al Museum of Victoria. 113 Science Museum _ 113 Social Welfare Department TrainingDivi 114 StateFilm Centre 115 StateLibraryofVictoria .... . 115 University of Melbourne Extension Committee 117 Victorian Colleges of AdvancedEducation 119 Victorian Drama League

WESTERN AUSTRALIA 120 Audio-Visual Education Centre and W.A.StateFilm Centre 120 Countrv Women's Associationof Western Australia 121 Departmel tofAgriculture 122 Departrnent of Education --Technical Education Division 122 HealthEducation Council of WesternAustralia 123 Institute of Technology.... 125 LibraryServicesof WesternAustralia.... 125 MentalHealthAssociaron 125 National fitness Council of WesternAustralia . 125 PerthTechnicalCollege . Adult Education and Exte sionService 126 University of Western Australia 129 Western Australian Museum ......

NEW ZEALAND AND THESOUTH PACIFIC 130 CarolineIslands Committee of N.Z. 130 Country Women's Co-ordination 131 DepartmentofEducationofN2. 131 Guam 131 MarianaIslands . 132 Massey University Department of University Extensk n 132 National Council of Adult Education . 133 NationalLibrary of New Zealand 133 New Zealand BroadcastingCorporation 134 Association _ New Zealand Workers'Educational .... 134 Queen Elizabeth II Arts Councilof New Zealand .. 135 Commission . . . South7acific of University Extension 135 University of Auckland DepartmentDepartment of Extension Studies 136 University of Canterbury 137 University of Otago Department of University Extension 138 Extension Services . . University of South Pacific Extension 138 Universityof Waikato University 139 University of Wellington University Extension

SOUTH AND SOUTH-EASTASIA ...... , 140 Asian South Pacific Bureau ofAdult Education .... 140 ...... , . Brunei Extra-Mural Department ,._. 140 Chinese University of HongKong 141 Education Department, Hong Kong Adult Education Section Department of Extra-Mural Studies 142 University of Hong Kong 142 Indian Adult Education Association .. Education 142 IndonesiaDirectorate of Mass 143 .... _.. __ .,.. Japan .,,, ...... , 143 Korea .,.. 144 Malaysia 144 .... .,...... ,_ ..._ Philippines -- ...... , .. 145 AdultEducationBoard .... .,_...... Singapore Department of Extra Mural Studies ._. 145 University of Singapore .... 146 South Vietnam 146 Thailand ..,. INTRODUCTION This revised and enlarged editionof the Handbook is the thirdissued by the Australian Association of AdultEducation. The first appeared in1964, the second in 1967. the previous entries to expandand up-date them, In addition to revision of all entries. There has also beenadded for the there are a number of new Australian of the main convenience of educators and others,sections giving brief particulars adult education agencies inNew Zealand and the SouthPacific; and in South and is less detailed than had beenhoped. Considerable South-East Asia. This last section countries from which delays have been experienced insecuring replies from many they were sought and in sonic casesentries have had to be puttogether from scanty material; the absence of repliesand of any adequate kical sourcesof information has forced the omission ofBurma, Ceylon, Pakistan andTaiwan. Tho aim of the Handbook is toprovide a quick reference sourcefor a number of different publics. It shouldbe of regular assistance toadult and other educators, personnel officias and socialworkers, whose advice and helpis constantly being adult education facilities intheir own, or in other sought ab nit the availability of all public libraries, States.It should be a readilyaccessible reference source in information and guidance centres. In ahighly mobile population such as our own, moving from one State to another, or evenwithin a State, reLailarly men and women moving to, or ha.c seek information about thefacilities available in the area they are already moved into. Thej-.1andbook should also be of value toall students of education at Unix ersities and toTeachers College students. Apartfrom the value to themselves of being fully awareof the many different facilitiesthat exist, such knowledge should prove valuable tothem ia advising young peopleleaving school and, in many cases, a means ofhelping parents themselves. As areference source to educators overseas the Handbookhas a special utility because thestructure of Australian adult education is verydiverse, and apt to be not a littlepuzzling to North Americans or Europeansand Asians. Handbook has been to bring together, atthe National The aim in compiling the university, statutory body, government and State levels all the majoragencies for adults departments and voluntarybodies that provide programmes of teaching of the public. There are listedalso the large number of govern- open to members in special areas, for mental or voluntary bodieswhich undertake educational work for their own staff or members. Inthis connexion are special publics, or primarilymajor governmental or industrial concernsthat provide given a few examples of arid advanced courses forsenior executives, both elementary induction courseseducation techniques. Most firms,since these utilisinghighly developed adult represented in the programmes are confined totheir own staff, preferred not to be of firms arranging such courses,their duration, Handbook. In aggregate the number They now and the numbers of personsinvolved, are very oonsiderable in any year, constitute an important and growing sectorof the education provided foradults. The teaching bodies apart, theHandbook lists all the major publicinstitutions State Libraries, Museums and ArtGalleries that seeve importantly to supplementthe their collections. The State Libraryentries also give a direct teaching of adults by developed since brief account of the municipallibrary system which has been steadily broadcasting service and the major performingarts agencies are 1945. Tit,: national of music, included. The Handbook does not,however, list the very large numbers literary societies, the many smaller museumsand galleries, nor the opera, di aria and hobby clubs which, in toto, contribute sogreatly to multiplicity of art societies and public in these developing nie interests andknowledge of their members and the fields. To do so comprehensivelywould require another Handbook. of adult education in the NorthernTerritory New: entries include brief accounts of Advanced and in the Territory of Papua-NewGuinea, and the systems of Colleges inaugurated only since the last edition,though many Education. Tliese last have been Though few have their origin.,in large oldestablished higher technical institutions. have, as yet, had tithe todevelop extension work on any scale, itis obvious that there exist now important fields in whichtheir contribution in terms ofrerresher, interdisciplinary, and, in some fields, re-training. coursesfor technical,administrative and other occupational groutis will be of growingimportance. Sectors of ruralindustry already demonstrate their needs for furthertraining or re-training,

Education and TechnologicalChange: These Colleges have represented themajor educational innovation ofthe '60s . it seems probable, in the light ofthe Repcirt on TechnicalEducation Overseas produced in 1970 by the Department ofLabour and National Service, thatthe '70s are likely to see innovation andextension in this fieldregarded as having high priority for resources of finance and staff.

7 The scale and the pace of technological innovation and economicgrowth in the Australian economy in the '60s, coupled with not only the absolutegrowth in population but the increasing proportion of young people completing asecondary education and seeking tertiary education for urgent vocational reasons,have between them been the dominant pre-occupation of educational policy makers,administrators and Treasurers. These same factors have a profoundinfluence on adult education in terms of the increasing numbers of matureand younger ults who seek. to further their education for vocational and for broad socio-cultural reasons. In everyfield of adult education there has been throughout the '60s a steadyincrease in response to programmes catering for adults' interestsin professional, administrative and other vocational centred refresher or similar courses; for study inthe humanities, social science and science fields; for remedial courses forearly school leavers; and in the fields of arts and crafts and home and hobby centred courses.Though adult education agencies have secured some increases in staff and funds to meetrapidly developing demands, provision isstill inadequate to meet the often embarrassingly large re- sponses to what can be offered.That a further huge latent area of needs exists that would be manifest if more could be offered there is no doubtwhatever. The more extensive the primary effects of economic change become, the more necessary for adults in the work force to refresh and extend their knowledge andskilk. It is also true that the more the secondary effects ofeconomic change and growth impact oil the entire socio-political fabric of society, the greater the sense of need ofintelli- gent people to seek to further their knowledge andunderstanding of their total culture. And the higher the proportion of the population that has secured afull secondary education, and still more if they have a tertiary education, the more perceptive they become of educational i zeds in these two broad fields. The very great expansion of demand for adult education that has beenmanifested in one or two instances where over the past few years therehas been a really substantial increase in staff and resources, illustrates the potential that exists to be supplied. What is also clear is that much more must be done to find means ofeffectively reaching and helping that very large proportion in the community whose education ceased at 15, or earlier. Their recognition of the need to further their education tends to be far less acute than those of the better educated, yet for vocational and social reasons their need to do so is no less. In North America, where technological innovation and economic changehas gone further and faster than anywhere else; and where forseveral decades a very high proportion of the total population has had at least a full secondaryeducation, the stage has now been reached in which the number of adults engaged in furthering their education exceeds in toto the number of children and young people atschools and in tertiary education.

The Concept of Continuing Education The multiple primary effects of economic change andthe far more compleA secondary disturbances these changes are producing insociety, and in particular the challenges the forces released by change have presented toeducation, have resulted in many eminent educators in Europe and North Americaquerying the traditional concept; of education as a terminal process. There is an increasing volumeof evidence from vocational and social sources to support the argument,used for decades by adult educators, that education should be regarded as alife long process. Now, the educators are arguing, it is becoming clear thatgiven the rate and scale of advances in knowledge_ in the consequences of itsapplications to science and industry, and in the social effects of its application, education mustbe regarded as a continuing process, not as one that is planned and treated aswholly or substantially completed in childhood, late adolescence and early adulthood.The implications of these arguments (and the findings of educators in aspects oflearning abilities, etc.) have repercussions on the forms and content of education fromthe pre-school level upwards. In simple terms, it is argued that it is now far less importantthat children and young people learn a great body of "facts" than that theylearn effectively how to learn in order to acquire the skills to go on learningin adult life; that their education should lay far more stress on developing imaginative andcreative skills and attitudes that will foster receptiveness to new knowledge,gnd newideas. Emphasis on the terminal approach,it is argued, tends to foster not only resistanees to the idea that learning is a continuing process throughoutlife, but tolead to insistence on the acquisition of stores ofknowledge that it is obvious to many young people, even in the process of acquiringthem, will be obsolete within a short time. The argument for abandoning the concept of the terminal approach toeducation in favour of continuing education is re-inforced by many trendsin modern societies. The angry re-action of many university students to whatthey feel to be the narrow purposes of their education finds an echoin the critical view that many sociologists, economists and others take of the social effects oftechnological and economic change

8 on education inparticular, on society in general. ServanSchreiber and others point out that man is tendingincreasingly to be regarded as "an economic raw material; educated and trained for output,classified as to whether he is profitable or economic growth, the stress on consomptionas an not". The increasing emphasis on regard society as primarily existing; tosupport end in itself, and the tendency to that are undermining the structureand production and not the reverse, are trends community of values of organised societies, anddestroying any real sense of a interests among men. Technologicaldevelopments and changing economic purposes and structures are producing asituation in which, to quote KarlBednarik, "an ever diminishing number of men make ever moreimportant decisions for an ever increasing number of people". Such trends affect every aspect ofsocial life, already becoming ever more com- of increasing urbanisation, itselflargely a plex and difficult through the processes itis reflection of uncontrolled economicchange and growth. And theselast, becoming evident, are serving to affectman's environment in potentiallycatastropnic ways. The importance of the concept ofcontinuing education lies in the needfor adults to learn af-esh how theyand their community are to grapplewith the problems of rapid and large scale changes that areprofoundly affecting the whole structuresand functioning of their society and itsphysical environment. The problems are new. Fresh thought has to be applied totheir solution. Important as are theeducation of adults to meet changing vocationalrequirement youth and the further education of the wider education itis obvious thatyouth and adults must be able to secure necessary if freedom,and free societies are to be preserved.The terminal concept of education was more or less appropriatein static or slowly changing societies.When change is rapid and widespread man mustseek fresh knowledge and devise new means of re-orderingsociety to preserve its fundamentalvalues. still at an early stage of economictransformation, the primary In Australia fitting them for their vocations is likely to emphasis in the education of its youth on others have continue. Scientists like StephenBoyden and Malcolm Calder and many been stressing the urgency of theneed to educate youth and adults inthe problems of environmental control. Socialscientists and educators have beenpzessing successfully for better curriculum in theschools dealing with social studies;and more attention is being given toproviding liberal studies for studentsin sciences and technological fields. Little similar supportfrom influential sources has come forthe that f-r more should be done forthe social and political argument of adult educators that all that education of adults. Educational andother authorities tend to assume needs to be known by thecitizen about such matters will havebeen taught, and learned, at school or in tertiaryeducation, and will be amplified sufficientlyin adulthood by exposure to the exigenciesof daily life. It is a Panglossianillusion that change at work in society. The majorchallenges to takes no account of the forces of methods adult education in the next decade appearsto lie in findina the appropriate to help citizens to developgreater and more responsiblecritical understanding of the means by whichfreedom and a free society can bepreserved, not destroyed, by change.

Experiment and New Fieldsof Work There have been no major newdevelopments in adult education inthe three edition appeared. There has beensteady expansion of all existing years since the last than it should have operations, though suchexpansion has been inevitably far less been because resourcesof finance and staff generallystill lag well behind demand- opportunities. increases in the diversity ofprovision by university There have been rapid professional and extension departments ofschools, seminars and short courses for industry groups and thosein the advanced technologies.There have been the interest- further adult education centres, based onexperience with the ing developments_of Wangaratta. These Victorian centres areexemplifying how very successful Cehtie at planned and quickly response can be securedfrom adults in rural centres by well successful the devolution ofresponsibility to a diversified programmes; and how region. A feature local representative committee canbe in securing support from their of the work beingdeveloped by these centres that is novelis the close identification with the adult centre programmesof the high school teachersand pupils of the region. This should result in far greaterrecognition by both groups of theessential continuity of education. There have been sivificantfurther developments in provision forAboriginal adult education, in the Isibrthr.Territory, in Western Australia and inN.S.W. With .ndation, Sydney University's Departmentof Adult support from the Van Leer centred on Education has been undertaking aspecial experimental research project Aboriginal women and the developmeatby them of pre-school centresfor their

9 children in which the parents Jearn to assumemajor responsibilities in conducting programmes for the children aswell as maintaining the Centre. The entries for the Territory of Papua-NewGuinea illustrate the breadth of the provision made in many different adult educationactivities. The entries do not convey the very great difficulties afforded bytopography, language, and disparate culture?, and culture contacts. This was brought home moreclearly at the 1970 Annual Conference of the Association of Adult Education,attended by four ad.& educators from New Guinea, three of them Nuiguinianeducation officers who each holds a senior position. The coverage of these programmes.is certainly the most comprehensive in Australia, and the mostdemanding to _implement. By contrast, many substantial rural towns and the regions aboutthem in Australia itself have little or no adult educationprovision; and, while their citizens would concede the greater need of the people of T.P.N.G., they could wellask when their own needs would receive some recognition. The situation of so many rural townsand regions in this respect highlights the unevenness and the inadequacyof the overall provision for adult education in Australia as a whole. In proportion to population,the New Zealand provision of full time staff engaged in this work is far greaterthan Australia's. While it is true that provision for the better educated in the metropolitan centresis inadequate to meet their latent and actual demand, substantial numbers arecatered for. Provision for that very large proportion of the lesswell educated inthe population remains largely unmet. To do so effectively requires either the diversionof staff and finance from existing programmes that are already in over-demand; orthe provision of further substantial resources for experimental programmes andresearch into needs and the means of meeting them. The kinds of programmespresently offered and the methods used in them clearly fail to attract the interest of this large group.Yet all the indices of the results of economic change and its socialimplications indicate that the development of means to help this large group tofurther their education are certain to become ever more important, for their own, their children's andsociety's sake. It is, for instance, demonstrable that high educational wastage amongchildren in this large group stems in large measure from inadequacies intheir parents' education. Well programmed investigation and experiment in this field may demonstrate, at the cost of a few hundred thousand dollars, how millions spenteach year on the education of children in this group mightyield better results for the children themselves and hence for society. Nowhere else in the field of education do the inadequacies of the terminal concept manifest themselves more plainly. The compilation of this Handbook has rested on the co-operation and prompt response of a very large number of individuals m many differentorganisations. To all those who.have helped in the compilation of these, at times, complicated revisions and compressions, the Editor expresses his appreciatlon and warm thanks. Experience with this edition prompts one reflection, and a query. Large growing institutions, governmental and commercial alike, appear to face increasing difficulty in communication. Their ability to utter appears to decrease with each increment of establishment. Is it possible that at some point in their growth they will be completelysilenced because they have grown so huge that no one can take responsibility for saying what they do, because nobody knows? There is, I think, a social moral here. January, 1971. J. L. J. WILSON. Editor.

10 NATIONAL ORGANISATIONS

AUSTRALIAN ASSOCIATION OFADULT EDUCATION The Australian Association ofAdult Education was founded at a national conference of adult educatorsheld in Hobart in 1960.This was the result of discussion that had gone onfor some time on the needfor a national organisation that would representthe profession and would beable to undertake tasks thatcould be approached only at thislevel; provide a forum for discussion of problemsof the profession in order tostimulate examination of common educationalinterests; and to serve as a meansof raising standards in adult education. From 1918 the main means ofnational co-operation had been in- frequent informal meetings ofDirectors of adult education andW.E.A. from the various States. After 1945these meetings had been widened to include members of the staffs ofBoards and Councils of AdultEducation that had come into existencesince 1944, Education Departmentadult education divisions and representativesoi other interested organisations. These gatherings lacked anyconstitutional machinery or any corporate ;,ubstance and authority. Acommittee was set up at theAdelaide Adult Education Conference in 1959 tobring forward proposals to thefollowing Conference at Hobart in 1960.A constitution was acceptedby this representative conference. The scope of the Association'sactivities was defined in the Constitu- tion as follows: Gen ral Principles (a) The Association shallbe independent and its functionsshall be exclusively to facilitate consultation,the exchange of information, and action in the field ofadult education at the nationallevel where this cannotappropriately be undertaken by anyother body. (b) The Association shall notinterfere with or intervene in the affairs of any adulteducation agency unless invited to do so by that agency. Objects The objects of the Associationshall be: (a) To encourageinterest in and support for the furtherdevelop- rnent of adulteducation. (b) To promote understandingof and co-operation in adulteducation. (c) To provide, and undertakeservices in adult education in ways appropriate to a nationalorganisation and in fields where only national action can be effective.

Functions For these purposes theAssociation shall: (a) Serve as a centre ofinformation in regard to all aspects of adult education and maintain a centrahlibrary on adult education. (b) Encourage inquiry, research,experient and publication in the field of adult education. (c)'onvene national conferences in adulteducation. (d) Develop and maintainrelations with other national or international organisations. (e) Undertake such other functions as arein conformity with the functions of the Association and are approved by thegoverning body. The Constitution adopted at this meetinghas been amended in various respects since, most importantly inregard to the membership clauses. A reference to the holding of regionalconferences, as well as those at a national level, has also beeninserted into the clause describing the Association's functions. Amendments necessary tomake provision for the appointment of a paid Secretary will be put forward atthe Annual Meeting in 1971. Membership comprises three categories: those who are orwho have been engaged for the greater part of theirworking time as teachers and administrators in adult education (Clause 5(a) members);those engaged for part of their time in teaching or otherwiseactively interested in adult ed,ication (Clause 5(b) members); and organisationsconcerned with the provision of adult education (Clause 5(c)members). The Executive of the Association comprises eight representativesof Clause 5(a) members and four of Clause 5(b) members. The other elected officers of the Association arethe President, who is proposed by the Executive for endorsement by theAnnual Meeting, the honorary Chairman, who is Chairman of theExecutive, which usually meets five times each year, and theSecretary-Treasurer. This last, when the necessary constitutional amendments aremade, will cease to be an elective office. Since February, 1970, it has becomepossible to make the secretarial position a paid office. Organisational members(Clause5(c)members)appoint two representatives to aet on their behalf within theAssociation and these have the same rights as Clause 5(b) members. The President of the Association,appointed in 1970, is Mr. H. D. Black, M.Ec., Chancellor of the University ofSydney. The Chairman is Mr. J. W. Warburton, M.A., M.A.C.E.Director, Department of Adult Educttion, University of Adelaide. The Secretary is Mr.D. E. Robertson,_ B.Ec., elected in January, 1971. _. Membership of the Association in 1969-70 was 65 clause5(a) members; 78 Clause 5(b) members; and 18 Clause5(c) members. Organisations that are members of the Association inclade:all University Departments of Adult Education, Extension orContinuing Education; Adult Education Board of Tasmania; the Adult EducationDivision of the Northern Territory Welfare Branch; theAgricultdral Bureau of N.S.W.; the Australian Broadcasting Commission; the'CountryWomen's Associa- tion of Australia; the Australian Council ofTrade Unions; the Arts Council of Australia (N.S.W.); ,the AustralianInstitute of Management; W.E.A.s of N.S.W. and South Australia. The Association, until December, 1969, hadderived its income solely from membership subscripticins and the smallincome from sales of its 12 ii publications, and relied onthe voluntary help of membersand member organisations to enable it tofunction. In December, 1969,word was received that its applicationfor a Federal grant to enableit to establish a Secretariat and expand itswork had been successful.The grant, of $8,000 per annum for aninitial period of three years, wasreceived in April, 1970. Steps were then taken to set up anoffice with, initially, part-timeSecretarial help. In 1971 a full-timeSecretary has taken upappointment and the office set up in Canberra. The Association has publishLsince 1961, the Journalof Australian Adult Education. This appearsthree times annually. It is a60-70 page printed journal that containsarticles of 2,000-5,000 words onadult education and related topics andreviews of books in thisfield. The annual Australian Adult subscriptionis$1.80 inAustralia, $2.00 overseas. Education, the Newsletter of theAssociation, appears (from1969) five times annually. This is arnulti-lith publication of some35-40 pages per issue, which circulates free toall members, contains newsof the Association and from the States, andshort items of interestabout adult education methods and developments overseasand in Australia. In addition to theseperiodicals, the Associationhas produced a number of other publications.Of 'these, the Report of aUnesco Seminar, organised in 1964 in conjunctionwith the Australian UnescoCommittee for Education (in whichthe Association is represented) onThe Role of Schools and Universities inAdult Educedion, has beenwidely sought from overseas. This Seminar,for which the Associationraised $3,600 towards its cost, was strongly supportedby the InternationalConference of Univer- sity Adult Educationand the Adult Educationsection of the World Conference of Organisationsof the Teaching Profession.The Association published, in 1964, a Handbookof Australian Adult Education.A second, revised edition, appearedin 1967; and this is the newand enlarged edition with the National Libraryit published Vernon for 1971. In conjunction 1835-1965; and Dr. Crew's Bibliography ofAustralian Adult Education D. W. Crowley's Roleof Colleges of AdvancedEducation in Adult Education: In conjunctionwith the Council of AdultEducation, Victoria, it published, Ed. IanHanna: Language Teachingin Adult Education. The main regularfeature of the Associationhas been its Annual Conferences, the Proceedingsof which have beenpublished each year wide range of subjects in since 1961. TheseProceedings have covered a Australian Adult Educationand include collected papers,reports of qndicate and group discussions on:The Library and AdultEducation (1964),7elevision and Adult Education(1965), Liberal Education Today Secondary, Tertiary and Adult(1966), The Organisation ofAdult Education in' Australia, Parts Iand II (1967), AdultEducation in Political Education of Australia The'Vext Ten Years (1968), The Australians, Parts I atzd II (1969).The 1970 Annual Conference,which the was held in partin conjunction with theAdult Education Section of World Congress of Organisationsof the Teaching Profession, onAdult Education and CommunityAdvancement, dealt with a numberof separate topics, including: Adult Educationin the Territory of Papuaand New Guinea; Aboriginal AdultEducation; Trade Union, Rural andPrison Adult Education; the Conceptof Dis-advantage. These Annual Conferences,which are Open to all personsinterested Lx 13 12 in adult education, as well asmembers, conduct a large part of theirwork in syndicates and small groups,using papers prepared for theConference as backgroundmaterials. Distance between the majorcities of Australia limits the ;.ttendance ofmembers at these conferences (thelast was attended by some 90 membersand others). To overcome thisdisability regional conferences of membersand others were organised in 1970in Perth, Adelaide, Tasmania andSydney and these are to be promoted in the future as an ancillary toAnnual Conferences and as a meansof drawing together within each Statemembers of many other organisations concerneri with adult education. The Association maintainsclose contacts with overseas adult education organisations. Through the agencyof bodies like Unesco, Colombo Plan, the British Council, orwith the help of overseas Foundations, the Association, in conjunction with itsOrganisational members, has been able to assist in organising thevisits in Australia of a number ofdistinguished overseas adult educatorswho have participated in theAssociation's annual and regional conferences, andin seminars and visits arranged byOrganisa- tional members. Apart from the 24adult educators from 17 countries who attended the 1964 Seminar on theRole of Schools and Universities in Adult Education, other visitors atintervals since then have come from Canada, U.S.A., Britain, India,and New Zealand. The Association has been represented by members at anumber of international conferences. The Association has, as one of thespecific objects listed inits Constitution, set about the creation of anational library and archives of Australian adult education. This libraryseeks from all organisations copies of all printed and roneoedmaterial they produce; this materialbeing mainly programmes, syllabi,brochures publicising special activities, reportsand other materials of future interest toresearch students. Organisations have also been asked to keep duplicatecopies of minutes of board meetings with a view to sending a copy tothe archives. This collection iscatalogued and stored by the Librarian ofthe Department of Adult Education atthe University of Sydney. Within a few yearsthis collection of materials should be of increasing value tothose desiring to undertake researchin adult education. To further its object of promotingresearch the Association has sought to secure some uniformity inthe collection of statistics. TheExecutive drew up a statement of theminimum of information it wasthought advisable to obtain from students, together withstandard categories such as age grow- ings corresponding with those used inthe national census and a suggested classification of occupations. Many adulteducation organisations have put these into effect. The degree of uniformity sofar achievedwill help research workers and will enable more accurateinterstate comparisons to be made. The Association has been concerned tofoster.historical and other research on adult education in Australia.Information about research completed or ongoing is published atintervals in' the Australian Journal of Adult Education, which itself hasafforded an incentive to writing and research. The Association has alsoindicated its willingness to offer limited financial assistance to approvedresearch projects and the publicationof results in the form of monographs ofmaterial that cannot convenientlybe reduced to article length. It has, asmentioned above, already- assisted in, or 14 13 published itself, a number ofimportant contributions to theliterature o_ adult education in Australia. President: Mr. H. D. Black, M.Ec..Chancellor, University of Sydney. Chairman: Mr. J. W. Warburton,M.A., M.A.C.E., Director,Department of Adult Education, University of Adelaide. Secretary-Treasurer: Mr. D. S. Robertson,B.Ec.

AUSTRALIAN ADMINISTRATIVESTAFF COLLEGE In 1955 a number ofleading Australian companies set upthe Australian Administrative Staff Collegefor the purpose of trainingsenior executive officers in business, government,the trade unions and Australian public life generally. The College is situated atMount Eliza, 30 miles fromMelbourne, on Port Phillip Bay, where anineteenth century mansion hasbeen acquired as its home. It conducts full-timeresidential courses in administrationfor executives drawn from Australianfirms, governtnent departmentsand instni- mentalities, and from overseas. The courses are conductedby means of small-groupdiscussion, case studies, lectures, fieldvisits and the use of alibrary. The courses are designed to raise the standardof administration by criticalstudy and the exchange of views betweenparticipants themselves and membersof the College staff. The College is a non-profit"national" Ms itution, and the only oneof its kind in Australia. Principal: Maurice Brown, LL.B. Registrar: J. D. Middleton. Secretary and Bursar: R. T.Amoore, A.A.SA., A.C.I.S., TheAustralian Administra- tive Staff College, MountEliza, Vic. 3930. Tel.: 787-1561.

THE AUSTRALIANBROADCASTING COMMISSION(A.B.C.) A Commonwealthinstrumentality established in 1932,the A.B.C. radio and television. It is also operates thenationaIbroadcasting service in Australia's principal concertentrepreneur, during 1970,for instance, giving 737 concerts inAustralia and 28 concerts inAmerica and Canada. Within the ProgammeDivision of the A.B.C. is anEducation Departnient which is responsible fordirect educational broadcasts at pre- school, priniary, secondary,and tertiary levels. Staffconsists of a Director with Head Office programmestaff in Sydney and a sectionunder a Supervisor of Echication in each ofthe six States and hi Papua-NewGuinea. and Adult educational programmesproduced by the A.B.C. vary in scope output is geared to publicdemand. For some years a televisionseries "University of the Air" was transmitted,consisting of two 30-minute sessions each week betweenMai& and December. One series was devoted to the humanities, the other toscience subjects. More recently a radio series entitled "Learn Indonesian"has been broadcast This consistedof 45 quarter-hour programmes,associated with which was a textbook and a set of recordings toassist listeners with their studies, A number of general programmes are:produced for radio and television which serve to broaden adult, culturaland educational tastes. These include in radio the annual Reith and Boyer Lectures, thedocu- mentary/discussion programme "Fact and Opinion","Books and Ideas", "Profile", "The Poet's Tongue" (poetryreading),"Quality Street", and "Tuesday Night Feature". In drama A.B.C. radio each year presents some200 productions of at least one-hour in length. TheNaLional Radio Feature, in particular, presents the more serious andthoughtful drama of today, together with the classics of theatre and literature. On A.B.C.-TV the thinking viewer has achoice of such programmes as "Four Corners","Chequer-Board", "This Day Tonight" and arts programmes produced inthe "Survey"series.In addition, A.B.C.-TV schedules a large number of important documentarybroadcasts ranging from, for instance, a biography of Lord Casey to"Civilisation", the 13-part survey by the British arthistorian and writer, Sir Kenneth Clark, which traced the development of western civilisation fromthe collapse of Greece and Rome to the prescnt day. Drama on A.B.C.-TV has provided an opportunity for manyAus- tralian writers and actors to gain experience in the mediumand productions have included serials ("Bellbird", "Pastures of the BlueCrane"), series ("Contrabandit ,;","Delta", "Dynasty"), and a selection of Australian plays. The Australian output has been supplementedby many fine overseas productions among them "The Caesars",'Cold Comfort Farm", "The Forsyte Saga", and "Vanity Fair". Overseas transcriptions, especially from the B.B.C.supplement Aus- tralian programmes in radio. These include classicalplays, operas, and European music festivals. On television, the overseasfilms available range through a wide spectrum of choice and include programmesembracing natural science, drama, literature and the arts. The extent to which the A.B.C. is involvedin the musical life of Australia is for a national broadcasting service probably unique. Students, choirs, chamber music groups, auditioningand examining bodies, entrepreneurs and composers, all look to itconstantly for support. Nearly one million people each year attendA.B.C. concerts which include Youth Series, Prom Series, Orchestral andRecital Subscription Concerts, Free Concerts and special performances forschool children. The A.B.C. runs six symphony orchestras with a combinedstrength of almost 400 professional musicians, and to help studentswho want to make a career in orchestral music, theA.B.C. in 1967 started a full-time National Training Orchestra. Appearances by overseas celebrities have been a featureof A.B.C. concert presentation for nearly 40 yearsand artists who have toured for the A.B.C. include Claudio Arrau, WalterGieseking, Otto Klemperer, Lonn Maazel, Yehudi Menuhin and IgorStravinsky. The Boston Symphony Orchestra, the Czech Philharmonic rOrchestra, theIsrael Philharmonic Orchestra, The London Symphony Orel zstra,the N.H.K. Orchestra, and the Polish National RadioOrchestra have all visited Australia for the A.B.C. in recent years. Publications: Annual Rtport toParliaent(gratis),The A.B.C.

16 A.B.C. Radio Guide Reports ... (published as requt ed, gratis); Th- (weekly in four editions, Sydney,Brisbane, Perth, Adelaide, price 10 cents per copy or $8 p.a.posted); Radio Active (monthly, A.B.C.house journal, distributed to A.B.C. staff). Apart from such institutionalpublications, the A.B.C. also produces a wide range ofbooklets for school children and teachers.These are sold at nominal prices to cover costsand the number issued totalled 1.3million copies in the financial year1969/70. Numerous publications aresold containing transcriptions fromappropriate radio and television programmes such as the Boyer Lectures andProfiles of Power. More than three million bookletshave also been issued by the A.B.C.'s overseas service, RadioAustralia, in conjunction withEnglish language lessons for listeners in Indonesia,Vietnam and Thailand. Chairman of the CommissiomSir Robert Madgwick, Ph.D., 0.B.E. General Manager: T. S. Duckinanton,C.B.E. Deputy General Manager: Dr. C. Semmier. Assistant General Manager: W. S. Hamilton. Controller of Programmes: N. Hutchison. Director of Education: F. Watts. Director of Music: John Hopkins, 0.B.E. Head Office: Broadcast House, 145-153Elizabeth Street, Sydney, N.S.W. 2000. Tel.: 31-0211. There are also branches ineach State and in the Territoryof Papua- New Guinea. Victoria: E. A. Whiteley, C.B.E.,D.F.C., St. James' Building, 121William Street, Melbourne 3000. Tel.: 67-6911. Oueemsland: D. R. Channel!,M.C., 600 Coronation Drive,Toowong 4066. Tel.: 71-3722. South Australia: W. E. White,Hindmarsh Square, Adelaide 5000. Tel23-2272. Perth 6000. Western Australia: G. Chisholm,B.E.M., 187-193 Adelaide Terrace, Tel.: 23-0341. Tasmania: A. I. Winter, 32Harrington Street, Hobart 7000. Tel23-7a21. Australian Capital Territory:E. T. Colhoun, Cnr. Northbourneand Wakefield Avenues, Dickson, A.C.T.2602. Tel.: 48-9444. Papua-New Guinea: M. L.Naylor, Sir Hubert Murray Highway,Boroko, Papua- New Guinea. Tel.: 5-5233.

THE AUSTRALIANCOLLEGE OF EDUCATION The College was founded inMay, 1959. The aim of its founders wasto create a fellowship of thoseengaged in education which would carryout the functions of aprofessional institution by fosteringeducational thought and practice and setbefore itself and the community the ethicsof high professional responsibili The College has provided ameeting ground for members in the various areas of education, frompre-school to tertiary, from the various establishments, State and Independentalike, and of the various special kinds of education. The total membership at 1stSeptember, 1970, was 160 fellows and 2,800 members. The College has seven Chapters, onein each State of the Common- wealth and one in tile Australian CapitalTerritory. There is also a Division of the College in the Territory ofPapua-New Guinea. /6 17 Apart from regular meetings of the various Chapters the College holds an annual conference each year,attended by several hundred members, at which a very large variety of papers on educational subjects ispresented. Publications Each year the College publishes the Proceedings of the Annual Conference and the Annual Report of the College. The College also publishes a volume containing selected papers delivered at the Annual Conference. Eleven such volumes have been published. Other papers from the Conference may be publishedin Educa- tional Journals, The various publications constitute an importantcontribu- tion to Educational history and thought in Australia. President: Dr. Wm. C. Radford, A.C.E.R., Hawthorn, Vic. Honorary Secretary: Mr. A. G. Tapp, Scotch College, Hawthorn, Vic. Registrar: Mr. R. V. Lawson, Australian College of Education, 914-916 Swansu. - Street, Carlton, Victoria 3053. Tel347-2715.

AUSTRALIAN COUNCIL OF NATIONAL TRUSTS The Australian Council of National Trusts was formed in February 1965. It is composed of the National Trusts of New South Wales, Queens- land, South Australia, Tasmania, Victoria and Western Australia. The object of the Council as set out fully in its Memorandum and Articles of Association is to co-operate with State National Trusts at an Australian Commonwealth and Mternational level and to further the general objectives of historic preservation and conservation of lands, places, buildingsand articles which are of national importance by reason of historic,architec- tural, artistic, scientific, cultural or other special interest, and of places of natural beauty. President The Honourable Mr. Justice J. C. Moore. Secretary: Mr. R. N. Walker, C/- The National Trust of Australia (NS. 123 Clarence Street, Sydney, N.S.W. 2000. The six autonomous National Trusts include intheir aims and functions those set out above for the Council of National Trusts, but operate under somewhat different conditions in various States,depending on the degree to which State Governments have been prepared to support their work by legislative enactment or regulations. The National Trust of Australia (N.S.W.), 123 Clarence Street, Sydney, N.S.W. 2000. (Tel. 29-3684). The National Trust of Queensland, 237 Edward Street, Brisbane', Queensland 4000. (Tel. 31-1245). The National Trust of South Australia, Coach House, 288 North Terrace, Adelaide, South Australia 5000. (Tel. 23-1196). National TrustofAustralia(Victoria)Co o,South Yana,Victoria- 3141. (Tel. 24-2147). The National Trust of Australia (WA.), 17 Emerald Terrace, West Ptath, W.A. 6005. (Tel. 21-6088). National Trust of Australia (Taania81 St. John Street, Launceston, Tasmania 7250. (Tel. 21-641). AUSTRALIAN COUNCIL OFSOCIAL SERVICES The Council was formedin 1956 and its full membershipcomprises 11 State Councils ofSocial Service in Australia andits Territories. In addition some 26 nationalbodies are affiliated, and associatemembership is open to individualsand organisations not eligiblefor full membership. The objectives of the Council as anational organisation representative of all fields of socialwelfare are to stimulatecollaboration between statutory and voluntarybodies; to provide a centre forthe spread of information and ideas in all aspectsof social welfare; to promoteresearch into social problems and promotehigh standards of practice; toprovide educational programmes forthe community in socialwelfare matters; and to participate in thedevelopment of internationalsocial welfare through membership of theInternational Council of SocialWelfare. The Council holds a nationalconference on social welfare inMay of each year and its Proceedings arepublished. Publications: Australian Journal ofSocial Issues;A.C.O.S.S. Quarterly; Australian National Reports, prepared for theInternatinal Council of Social Welfare's Conferences. Executive Officer: Miss J. Brown,MA., Dip. Soc. Ed., Australian Councilof Social Welfare, 695 George Street,Sydney 2000. Phone: 211-1298. The State Councils are: New South Wales 33 Macquarie Place. Sydney 2000 Victoria 107 Russell Street, Melbourne 3000 South Australia 51 Grenfell Street, Adelaide 5000 Queensland 250 Queen Street, Brisbane 4000 Western Australia 94 Pier Street, Perth 6000 Tasmania Box 989K, G.P.O., Hobart 7001 A.C.T. C/- 80 Irvine Street, Watson 2602 Papua P.O. Box 582, Port Moresby, T.P.N.G.

AUSTRALIAN ELIZABETHANTHEATRE TRUST The Australian ElizabethanTheatre Trust's dominant objective, as stated in its Memorandum ofAssociation, is "to promote drama, opera, ballet and any other art of thetheatre in Australia in any waywhatever." Promotion of or participation invarious educational activities,where these include education ofaudiences on the one hand and oftheatre performers and technicians andadministrators on the other, is therefore among the Trust's manyfunctions. The educational aspects of theTrust's activities may be considered in thret,categories theatrical entertainments, whether presented bythe Trust alone or in association withother managements and authorities; schools for training in the arts of thetheatre and/or in appreciation of them; lectures arid publications. 1. An overt educationalintention is not claimed by the Tnist in many of itstheatrical- presentations, the purpose of these being togive to the theatregoer thesatisfasctions that he seeks in the theatreand to equip him better to find thent-However, someeducational benefits and influences of an incidental kind are amongthe results of these presentations, especially in those arranged Meo-operation with various educational organisations. Activities inthii latter category are as follows: The Old Tote Theatre Companyin association with the Trust and the

19 University of New South Wales presents plays at the Old Tote Theatre in the grounds of the University A fully professional theatre, guaranteed against loss by the Trust and the University, the Old Tote Theatre Company features quality plays not ordinarily of interest to commercial theatre managements. The Melbourne Theatre Company, whose productions are presented by the University of Melbourne in association with the Trust, both of which organisations give certain guarantees to the Company against loss and both of which have representation on the Company's Boardof Management. The University of Melbourne stated the purposes of the Company in their 1953 Statutes, in this way: To provide for the production, representation and performance of theatrical entertainments which are not generally offeredto the public by commercial managements; to educate theatregoers to a finer appreciation of the theatre by first-class presentation; to present theatrical entertainments which seek both to educate and entertain. Adult Education Agencies in several States, by arrangement with the Trust and its associated managements, present from timL to time Trust- sponsored productions in towns of country areas. These presentations are under the aegis of the adult education body in the State concerned and in support of its education objectives. Several special urama companies, originally formed by the Trust as the Young Elizabethan Players, have been developed by regional drama groups to perform dramatic works of many kinds toschool audiences in all States. Various special presentations for schools have included such ventures as the Let's Make a Ballet programmes presented bythe Trust and J. C. Williamson Theatres Limited, in association. Presentations such as this are periodically given by the Australian Ballet Companywhich was jointly founded by the two managements. The Trust's central administration includes an officer whose duties are to maintain a close, interested liaison between schools and theatre generally. 2. Activities of the Trust in this category i.e., where the aim is to educate theatre performers, artists, wiiters andtechnicians include the following: The National institute of Dramatic Art, originally conducted by the University of New South Wales and the Trust in association withthe Australian Broadcasting Commission. The objects of the institute are to encourage knowledge and appreciation of drama, opera,music and all the arts of the theatre, and in particular to train students whowish to make a career in the theatre, television,radio or films. The .conrse is of two years, and in the second yearstudents serve as apprentices in the professional company at the Old Tote Theatre within ,the grounds ofthe University. The Australian Ballet School opened in Melbounein February, 1964, has as its object the provision of highly-Specialisedpost-graduate professional training in ballet and the-allied theatre arts. 3. Activities in this category ix., where an educational influence may operate incidentally from time totime may be noted as follows: Members' evenings: these are social events conducted by theTrust for its members; these events take many forms but ofteninclude lectures from 20 OR19 theatre notables. The Old ToteTheatre Club: lectures on mattersof theatrical activity are among therminly social objects of this Club,which operates in association with the OldTote Theatre at the University ofNew South Wales. Publications: The Australian Theatre YearBook (suspended at present), the quarterly newsletter Trust News (now discontinued),and special souvenir programmes, produced and printed in connectionwith specific theatrical events, have con- sistently containedarticles and interviewfeatures which areto a degree educational. Address: 153 Dowling Street, PottsPoint, N.S.W. 2011.

AUSTRALIAN FRONTARINCORPORATED Australian Frontier was set up in1962 by the Australian Councilof Churches but, by the terms ofits constitution, operates withcomplete autonomy. It is anincorporated body governed by a Commissionconsisting of up to twenty members,including six appointed by theCommission from nominations made by the AustralianCouncil of Churches, the Chairmenof the Regional Panels ofAustralian Frontier currently operatingin the capital cities, the Directorand five co-opted members. It isintended as an instrumentfor social education, &signed toprovide an open meeting- ground where society's problems canbe examined with a view to discover- ing what action will mostprobably contribute to the developmentof a truly human society.Frontier itself does not attempt tolay down any blueprints and has nopreconceived ideas of what the answers tothe problems should be; ittherefore starts from no accepte-political or religious platform. The method of working mostcommonly used has been the holding of Consultations onspecificsocialissues,usually arranged by the Australian Frontier Panelin a capital city, but occasionallyorganised on a national basis.Over sixty of theseConsultations have been held in the last six years and havecovered a wide variety ofsubjects, including Responsibility for CommunityLife, Adequate Education forHandicapped Children, the Needs ofYoung People, the Future of theInner City, Design for a BetterEnvironment, Secondary Educationin a Changing Society, Aborigines in theCommunity, the Future of Local Government, Social Consequences ofAutomation. With the agreement of theparticipants, Frontier publishesprinted reports of these Consultations,including the background materialprovided in each case by experts inthat particular field and summaries of thediscussion that took place. Another method used is thearranging of short Courses in Social Responsibility, =deslgned to help theparticipants towards an awareness and understanding of the social changesthat are occurring in the worldaround them and to enable them tobecome involved in useful activity. Complementary to the work ofAustralian Frontier is the proposed Institute for the Study of Manand Society, for which a building is tobe erected in Canberra. The aim ofthis is to provide a centre where corporate study can be undertaken bythose who are concerned with various aspects of specific challenges to thecommunity and where the underlyingquestion of human values and goals canbe kept as the focus of concern. The staffing of AustralianFrontier has varied over the years

21 according to the finance available. The centraloffice was moved from Canberra to Melbourne in 1970 and regional offices arebeing maintained in the capital cities as far as resources permit. Director: Mr. Peter Mathews. Address: Australian Frontier Inc.. 422 Collins Street, Melbourne .

THE AUSTRALIAN INSTITUTE OF HUMAN RELATIONS(A I H.R.) The Australian Institute of Human Relations is a non-profit, research, educational, training and consultative organisation with branchesthrough- out Australia. It is registered under the PsychologicalPractices Act as a training institute. The Institute was formed in 1968 and draws its members from a wide variety of professionalfields including psychiatry. psychology, sociology, education, management, social workand the ministry. Since its inception the A.I.H.R. has pioneered thedevelopment of educational programmes for increased personal growth andintet- personal and organisational effectiveness. Typical courses offeredinclude: sensitivity training and other Mtensive group experiences, group dynamics, organisation development, experiential teaching techniques and trainer development. The Institute publishes a small magazine "Feedback"which is circulated to members and which is designed toinform members of new developments in the use of groups for experiential education. One of the most important functions of the A.I.H.R. is selectionand training of group leaders for its own programmes andsimilar programmes operated by community agencies and private organisations. Chairman: Mr. A. R. Greig, Dept. of Psychology, MelbourneUniversity, Parkville, Vic. 3052. Secretary: Rev. K. D. Pearson, Janet Clarke Hail, Royal Parade, Parkville, Vic.3051.

THE AUSTRALIAN INSTITUTE OF MANAGEMENT The Australian Institute of Management(AIM.) is recosed nationally and internationally as the professional managementbody in Australia and represents Australia to C.I.O.S. (ConseilInternational, pour l'Organisation Scientifique), the International ManagementAssociation. Objectives The overall objective of the A.I.M. is to raiseand maintain high standarus of management and in providing services andfacilities as well as providing a meeting ground forexchange of ideas, the A I M is meeting a strongly felt educationalneed in the Australian Management community. Since its inception in 1941, the A.I.M. has confiauouslyprovided a service to organisations of every size and type,-'Whethermanufacturing, commercial, retail, service, public body or goveitment. Membership There are two distinct types of A.I.M. Membership Professional and Company Membership. Professional Membership is open to the professional manager an 22 21 depend ng on his qualificationsand managerial experience, hewill be graded as Fellow, Associate Fellow orAssociate. Subscriber Membership is available toindividuals who do not as yet qualify for Professional Membership but wish to availthemselves to the services and facilities the A.I.M.offers. Company Membership enables allstaff of an organisation to make use of A.I.M. services andfacilities. Membership in Australia as atJune, 1970 Professional Members 11,500; Company Members3,000. Organisation The A.L.M. operates in eachState of the mainland aswell as in Tasmania. Although each Stateoperates autonomously inits own area to meet the needs of themanagement community, anumber of standard courses are presentedin different States. A National Councilgenerally acts in the capacity ofco-ordinating centre, although it doeshold responsibility fordetermining qualifications for Professional Membership. Management Development An extensive programmeof Management Developmentis aimed at meeting the needs of thepractising manager. The A.I.M.offers a wide covering General Management,Functional Management range of activities conrses in such as Sales Marketing,Production, Finance, etc., as well as Business Skills, e.g. BusinessLetter Writing, ReportWriting. Activities can take the form of courses,lectures, appreciations, study series, etc., and vary inlength from 10 hours to 150hours, depending on the subject anddepth of coverage. Queensland A.I.M. N.S.W.Division, Managetnent News;A.1.M, Publications: A.1.M. South AustralianDivision, Manage- Division, Memo to Management; A.I.M. Western Austra- ment Bulletin; A.I.M.Victoria, Management Diary; Activities, lian Division, Management Centre, Suite 6, 476 St. National Centre: mr. R. B.Deriniston, Director, National Kilda Road, Melbourne,Victoria 3004. Telephone: 267-1388. A.I.M. N.S.W. Division, 135-145 A.I.M. N.S.W. Division:Mr. R. S. Ware, Director, Walker Street, North Sydney,N.S.W. 2060. Telephone:92-0791. R. Sadler, Manager, AI.M.Queensland Division, Queensland Division: Mr. 4000. Telephone: Cnr. Rose and BoundaryStreets, Spring Hill, Brisbane, Qld. 2-2981. Ain South AustralianDivision: Mr. W. A. Bayly, Manager,A.I.M. South Aus- tralian Division, 274 Pirie Street,Adelaide, S.A. 5000. Telephone: 23-3933. A.I.M. Tasmania: Mr. A. K.Easther, Manager, A.I.M.Tasmania, 452 Elizabeth Street; North Hobart, Tas. 7000.Telephone: 34-2693. A.I.M. Victoria: Mr. J. R.Stanley, Director, A.I.M. Victoria,31 Queens Road, Melbourne, Vic. 3004: Telephone:26-3645. Western A.I.M. Western Australian Division:Mr. G. 3. Lapsley, Manager, A.I.M. Australian Division, 20-22 StirlingHighway, Nedlands, W.A. 6009. Telephone: 86-7077.

AUSTRALIAN INSTITUTE OFPOLITICAL SCIENCE This Institute is anindependent, non-party organisation.Formed in 1932, its main aim is to promotediscussion and understanding ofpolitical issues in Australia. 2322 The Institute's seminars, forums, discussiou groups and its publishing work are supported by responsible people of diverse polil ical views. Its annual summer schools are held in Canberra each Australia Day weekend. Through press and radio reports, and by publication of the proceedings in books, a real contribution is made towards the creation of a better informed body of opinion. Associate membership of the Institute, at $6.00 per annum, provides free subscription to "The Australian Quarterly" and reduced pricesfor publications, school attendance, etc. rublications: The Australian Quarterly (subscription $3.50 Australia, $4.00 overseas). Australian Cities (1966); Communism in Asia: a Threat to Australia? (1967); New Guinea; Future Indefinite? (1968); Poverty in Australia (1969) and Big Business in Australia (1970) books of the proceedings of the lastfive Summer Schools. Address: The Secretary, Australian Institute of Political Science, Hosking House, Penfold Place, Sydney, N.S.W. 2000. Telephone: 28-9544.

THE AUSTRALIAN NATIONAL ASSOCIATION FOR MENTAL HEALTH The Australian National Association for Mental Health was formed in 1968 with Member Organisations as under: Mental Health Federation of Queensland. New South Wales Association for Mental Health. Victorian Council for Mental Hygiene. South Australian Association for Mental Health Inc. Western Australian Mental Health Association Inc. The first Secretariat was set up at the office of the N.S.W. Association for Mental Health. In 1969 the Tasmanian Association for Mental Health was established and became a member of the Federal body which is now a member organisation of the World Federation for Mental Health. The objects of the Association are 1. Generally to promote mental health and to assist in the prevention of mental disorders and handicaps in the Commonwealth of Australia and its territories. 2. To further co-operation on a national basis between statutory, governmental and other bodies and voluntary organisations which are engaged in providing services and facilifies for the guidance, careand treatment of persons suffering from mental disorders andhandicaps. 3. To promote co-operation between the Associations and Mental Health Organisations representing the States and Territories ofthe Com- monwealth of Australia; to encourage the establishment of such Organisa- tions where none exist and to represent such organisations atnational anc: international levels. 4. To organise conventions, exhibitions and other gatherings to further directly or indirectly the objects of the Association. 5. To do all such things as may seem to the Associationincidental or conducive to theattainment of the above objects or any of them. President: Dr. Beryl Hinckley, 0.B.E. (Queensland). Hon. Treasurer: Dr. W. A. Dibden (South Australia). Hon. Secretary: Mr. G. Sharman (South Australia). Executive Secretary: Miss H. Hanrahan (South Australia). Address: 51 Grenfell St., Adelaide, S.A. 5000. Phone: 8-4070. S,24 23 AUSTRALIAN OUTWARD BOUNDMEMORIAL FOUNDATION The Australian Outward BoundMemorial Foundation has its Head Office in Sydney, New SouthWales, where it administers the Australian Outward Bound School which is a permanentestablishment at Fisherman's Point, Hawkesbury River, New SouthWales. The School exists for the purpose ofconducting residential Courses for the development of characterin young people.It conducts seven Courses, each of 26 days duration,for boys and two Courses of 23 days for girls each year. The age rangeis from 161 to 22 years in both cases. A pilot Course was conducted atNarrabeen in1956 and the permanent school was establishedlate in 1958. Since then, there have been 81 courses for boys and 16 coursesfor girls. More than 4,000 students have passed through the two OutwardBound Schools in New South Wales as at the end of1970. The Foundation is governed by an executivecommittee comprising a chairman, variousoffice bearers and 20 committee members.The head office consists of an executive directorwith a secretarial staff, whilst the school itself has a school director, assistedby instructional and administrative staffs. There are active committees inVictoria and Queensland and the Victorian Division runs two courses forboys annually at Howman's Gap in the Bogong High Plains area. SixVictorian courses have been conducted and about 270 boys have attendedthem. Revenue comes from two sources fees and donations. The fees are $250 for anindustrially sponsored student and $150for a student sponsored privately or by a ServiceClub. Donations to the Australian Outward Bound Memorial BuildingFund are tax deductible. There are no grants from government sources. Publications: Printed Reports and Statementsof accounts are published annually. A magazine The Blue Peter is issued quarterly. Executive Director: Colonel T. A. Rodriguez,M.V.O., 0.B.E., MC. (Rtd.). Address for enquiries: C.A.G.A.House, 453 Kent Street, Sydney 2000 or Box 4213, G.P.O., Sydney 2001. Victorian Director: L. A. Gursansky, M.B.E.,65 Queens Road, Melbourne 3004. Queensland Director: I. H. Devitt, O.B.E.,27 Stewart Road, Ashgyove, Queensland 4060.

ARTS COUNCIL OF AUSTRALIA The Federal Council was re-formedin 1962 and given a new constitution in 1966, It co-ordinates theactivities and policies of the State Divisions in all States but W.A. and by1971 it is expected to be established there. It does not govern theactivities of these Divisions, which are autonomous bodies, but seeks to supporttheir work by arranging theatrical tours and artistic presentations on aCommonwealth-wide basis. In this way the Divisions and their StateBranches benefit from cost sharing, and are able to presentattractions, especially from overseas,which could not be economically handled by one Statealone. A fundamental aim of the MisCouncil of Australia is to take the arts to the people in order tocultivate an appreciation of the best in drama,

r CI? 25 24 ballet, opera, music, paintingand sculpture. In arranging toursby professional companies andindividuals it provides employmentand encouragement for trained artistsand for young trainees, particularlyin touring to schools, a major part of the countrytouring programme. Finance for the Federal office comesfrom the Federal Government as an annual grantmade by the AustralianCouncil for the Arts, and a group of public spirited companieswhich have supported the Councilduring its quarter century of service tothe arts. Recent Publications: The First Twenty- veYears: A Study of the Arts Council of Australia. Manuals for countrybranch instruction: Theatre 1970, Exhibitions 1969, Annual Bulletin 1970. President: Mr. P.J. McKeown, B.A. Dip.Ed.,Headmaster, Canberra Grammar School, Manuka, A.C.T. Federal Secretary: Mrs. V. M. Getrett,P.O. Box 966, Canberra City, A.C.T.

Bp AUSTRALIA LIMITED BP Australiaisthe Marketing Company of theBP group in Australia; although the directionof the group in Australia is entirely Australian, there is a good deal ofliaison with overseas authorities and much of the BP philosophy oftraining, particularly Management Develop- ment, is reflected in theAustralian pattern. The Company operatesthroughout Australia and in New Guinea, employing some 3,500 people. HeadOffice is in Melbourne with State Offices in each capital city. Thetraining staff consists of a Manager, Superintendent, Training Officer and Assistantin Head Office and a Training Officer in each State Office.This comparatively small staff is effective only because BP has longrecognised that the fundamental responsibility for training any employeelies in the hands of that person's immediate supervisor; this is part of his generalresponsibility of managing people. External Courses BP's training is designed to meet the needsof its own organisation and is met largely from within its own resources.In addition to the in-Company course, full use is made ofthe training facilities offeredby outside bodies and also by suitable overseas courses. BP Education Scheme In addition to the above training,BP operates a coniprehensive education scheme whereby staff areencouraged to undertake substantial courses of part-timestudy in a wide range of subjects, manyin the area of Management Development. Programmes Young graduates are also recruited withthe u timate aim of filling senior positions. Their first two yearswith the'Company consists of aseries of working attachments, ofteninvolving project work or complete responsibility for some operationalactivity. Suitable postgraduateeducation activity is often pursued at the sametime or during a later phase of the employee's development. A smallnumber proceed on overseas exchange attachments for further experience. 4 26 The overall objective oftraining for BP is (a) to improve people'sability to discharge theirexisting respon- sibi,li ties. (b) to provide an insightinto the knowledge andskills necessary for the assumption ofresponsibility at a higher level. The objectives of each course,then, are an extension ofthese and spell out more specificallywhich knowledges and skills areto be dealt with in a particular course.The average length of aresidential course is ten days and varioustraining methods ranging throughlecture, con- to various case studies,simulations and ference and syndicate discussions and where other pi aetical exercises;appropriate visual aids are used applicable the service of outside expertsfrom universities, Government, business or other traininginstitutions may also be utilised.Some of the films dealing with the oilindustry are available on loan tooutside organisations from the PublicRelations Officer in State Offices.

BROKEN HILL PROPRIETARYCOY. LTD. ThL Company is conscious ofthe need for developingboth its individual managers and themanagement climate of theorganisation. Twice a year a residentialmanagement course isconducted for its senior and middle management.Selected officersattend external residential management coursesboth in Australia and overseas,and there are exchanges of personnelwith overseas companies. TheCompany keeps abreast with the latest managementdevelopment techniques and conducts meet internal management andorganisational development programmes to specific needs.

COUNTRY WOMEN'SASSOCIATION OF AUSTRALIA formed as a The Country Women'sAssociation of Australia was co-ordinatMg body in 1945,to enable the StateAssociations of the several objects of the Commonwealth andTerritories to promote the and to speak with onevoice on national and inter- State Associations; welfare of country women national matters moreespecially concerning the and cW1dren. Each State and TerritoryAssociation is autonomous. The position ofNational President is heldfor two years only, rotating to each State on aBiennial basis. C.W.A. of Australia isaffiliated with The AssociatedCountry Women of the World.Their headquarters are at: 40Kensington High Street, London, W.8. C.W.A. of Australia is non-partypolitical and non-sectarian. The National Office is inWestern Australia until June,1971, when it will move to Tasmania. Office bearers all give honoraryservice. National President: Mrs. I. A. Roe,I P, 1174 klay Street, W. Perth,W .A. 6005. National Secretary: Mrs. N. E.Barrett, M.B.E., 1174 Hay Street, W.Perth, WA. 6005. Telephone: 21-6041.

27 2 6 DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION ANDSCIENCE Following the establishment of theDepartment of Education and Science in December, 1966, the useof the name Commonwealth Office of Education has been discontinued.The activities formeny conducted by the C.O.E. are now incorporatedin those of the Department. Among its other responsibilitiesthe Department of Education and Science is associated with theteaching of English to migrants. This programme is administeredby the six State Departments of Education as part of theassimilation_ activities sponsored by the Departmentof Immigration. In this connection the Departmentof Education and Science undertakes research in languageand in the methodology associated with class, correspondence and radioinstruction in English for adult European migrants. It prepares special texts forteachers and students and a professional journal on the teaching oflanguage. The Advisory Teacher Service operates for teachers of migrantclasses and courses of training for those teachers are held from time totime. The Department of Education and Science also prepares the scripts ofradio lessons in English broadcast for migrants by the Australian BroadcastingCommissio The secretariat for the AustralianNational Advisory Committee for UNESCO and its associated committees .andworking parties is provided by the Department of Education andScience. The Department not only services these committees but helps todevelop the exchange of ideas within Australia itself. Periodicals: _.Educalion News, Annual Report. Secretary: Emeritus Professor Sir Hugh Ennor,C.B.E., Department of Eductian and Science, Box 826, P.O., CanberraCity, A.C.T. 2601.

DEPARTMENT OF IMMIGRATION The Migrant Education Section of theDepartment of Immigration is concerned primarily with teachingEnglish and cominunity and citizenship education to migrants. The ability to speakEnglish helps migrants to integrate into the Australian community. A major objective is the development ofeducational programmes to meet the varying needs ofindividual migrants and migant groups. Inten- sive English courses are a recentintroduction and are directed mainly at professional migrants who require Englishbefore they are able to practise their professions in Australia. Fiveweeks of the eight week course are given over to general English and during the lastthree weeks instruction is given in special English associated v.ichthe migrant's occupation. Living allowances are paid to each participant andhis dependants. Accelerated English courses involving 3 to 4 hoursinstruction daily, continuation classes held in the day time andevening in schools and community centres throughout Australia,correspondence, radio and television lessons are all provided free of charge tomigrants. The Department of Immigration inconsultation with the Department of Education and Sciencebegan this year a comprehensive programme for non-English speaking migrant children. Underthis programme, the Com- monwealth finances the salaries of special teachersand supervisory staff, the purchase of approvededucational equipment, and materials and teacher training courses forState Government and dependent schools. Secretary: Sir Peter Heydon,C.B.E., Department of Immigration, Macquarie Street, Barton, A.C.T. 2600. fi 28 27 DRAMA LEAGUE OFAUSTRALIA in July, 1968, members of theBritish Drama League (Australia), which was originallyinaugurated at a public meetingheld in Sydney on June 30, 1937, voted tochange its name to Drama Leagueof Australia. The stated general aims of theLeague are: "To assist the development of the arts of the theatreand to promote a righi relationshipbetween drama and the life of the community."Practical efforts to achievethese aims are made in twomain fields, (1), by providing andkeeping up-to-date a drama library for members' use,and (2), by assisting members tostage plays, conduct play' ndingsand organise drama festivals,also to encourage a discerningaudience for theatre. of 1.Over the years of the Leaeue'sexistence a drama lending library approximately 10,000 volumesand some plays in manuscripthave been collected. Many are oldand out-of-print; more are newand deal with contemporary drama. TheLeague is at present in aposition to buy almost any book of thetheatre on sale either inAustralia or overseas. Mostwell-favoured plays in the library arein reading sets, i.e., as many volumes of aplay as there are principal char& ersin it. Also on the shelves there is achoice of books on aspects oftheatre, i.e., production, theory ofdrama, historic costume, stageconstruction and scene designing. A general catalogue ismaintained and there are special catalogues under the following headings: three-actplays; one-act plays; plays for all-women casts; for all-men casts;plays by Australian authors; religious drama; children's plays;technical books Also in the library arerecordings of dialects of the British Islesand the U.S.A. and of Shakespeareanplays. Volumes and recordings are lent inthe usual way. Any financial member may borrow a singlevolume freely for a fortnight but fees are charged forlonger periods and for sets of plays. Secretary-Librarians are employed tomaintain the library, obtain advice for members with dramaproblems, post books to country members and administer the office. The League conducts drama courses,tailored to suit members needs. Courses ranee from brief week-endschools to long courses, maybe as long as two months, during whichtime a skilled tutor guides rehearsal and performance of a play aswell as lecturing and demonstrating during the period. The long coursesparticularly suit country areas with several centres where there areinterested members in reasonably close proximity. Occasionally the Leagueconducts advanced courses, usually for producers keen to increasetheir competence. Membership of the League, available for anominal annual subscription, is widely scattered throughoutAustralia and the Commonwealth Territories. There is no entrance fee. There are two classes of members,Individual and Group. Individual Members are simply persons whothemselves enjoy the League facilities. Group Members are dramaticsocieties, schools and colleges, religious organisations, etc., which, for singlesubscriptions, enjoy the League services. In fact Group Members,through their nominated officers, arethe most active of Leaguemembers. 28 DI!. League is affil ated with the British DramaLeague in England and is the Australian member of the InternationalAmateur Theatre Association. The Annually elected Drama League of AustraliaCouncil consists of a President, not more than8 Vice-Presidents who reside in most Statesof the Commonwealth and not more than 30members from amongst whom an Hon. Treasurer andSub-committees are chosen. All Council Members act in an honorary capacity. TheSecretary-Librarians are salaried. The .,,eague receives financial assistance fromthe New South Wales Government through its Cultural GrantsCommittee though the grant may not be the same sum every year.It is used to finance the library, to subsidise drama courses throughout NewSouth Wales and to pay outward charges on book parcels (also wit1'.N.S.W.). As metropolitan Sydney has grown, its interest in little theatrehas tended to wane. However, elsewhere and particularly in country areas, little theatreis full of vitality and regional drama festivals, which the League is keen tofoster, are held in country centres. Drama ineducation is gaining ground in Australia and a substantial proportion of Group Members areschools, both state and private, in all parts of the Commonwealthand its Territories. Publications: The following are supplied to allmembers: DRAMA, the quarterly magazine published in London bythe British Drama League. DRAMA LEAGUE of AUSTRALIA BULLETIN, a newsletter published quarterly in Sydney. The President's Annual Report and Balance Sheet, as presented atthe Annual General Meeting. Mr. Ian IMaxwell is President of the League. Its office is situatedin Sydney, N.S.W., at 173 Sussex Street, Sydney 2000. Phone number is 29-8492.

FAMILY LIFE MOVEMENT OF AUSTRALIA (DIVISIONOF FATHER AND SON MOVEMENT) A specialist Christian organisation in the field of sex education,human relations, marriage and family life.It was founded in 1926 and has branches in each State. The Movement provides "FamilyLife Education" programmes for: gaded sex education sessionsfor parents and children at Primary School age level; for teenagers at High School age level;sessions for parents and married couples; seminars for social workers,clergy, youth leaders and others; and a Problem Counselling Service. The gradedsessions may be sponsored by School-Parentbodies and Committees, Churches, Community Service Clubs and other similar bodies. Publications: The Movement publishes a wide range of literature. Commonwealth Headquarters: 15 Goulburn Street, Sydney 2000. Phone:211-5644. Newcastle and Hunter Valley Regional Centre: Bank of N.S.W. Building, Cnr. Tudor and Beaumont Streets, Hamilton. Victoria: 475 Collins Street, Melbourne 3000. Phone: 62-4251. Queensland: Box 112P, G.P.O., Brisbane. Phone: 36-3024. South Australia: G.P.O. Box 1736N, Adelaide, 5001. Phone: 64-3573.

JUNIOR FARMER MOVEMENT Junior Farmer Movements exist in all States. They aim toeducate their members (young men and women) in all aspects oftheir industry, viz., soils, pasture management, breeding, diseases, nutrition,marketing, 30 29 This they do farm records and accountsand agrrcu tural economics. schools, field days, lecturesand publications. They by means of special Agri- usually co-operatein these endeavourswith the Department of culture and sometimeswith University AdultEducation Departments. In some States theclub's organisers emphasisethe need for knowledge of the widerworld. Like the foundersof the Danish HighSchools, they take the viewthat effective work onthe farm requires alively Hence they have broadenedthe scope of their and creative mind. problems of the country work to include coursesin community leadership, town and coursesin international relations.

NATIONAL FITNESSCOUNCIL and As aresultof recommendationsby the National Health Medical ResearchCouncil, the CommonwealthGovernment created, Co-ordinating Council for PhysicalFitness (later in 1939, a National Fibress), with the aim re-named the CommonwealthCouncil for National of improving the standardsof physical fitness in youngAustral" tns. In 1939, theCommonwealth Governmentapproved an allocation of $200,000 to be madeavailable as an annual grantof $40,000 divided five-year period, to assistin the creating of between the States for a activities according to local State National FitnessCouncils and to develop needs and conditions. National Fitness Act which waspassed in 1941, The Commonwealth Council for made provision for theappointment of a Commonwealth to advise theMinister for Health in relation National Fitness which was Commonwealth, training of to the developmentof physical fitness in the facilities and the formationof organisationsdirected teachers, provision of Act also towards development of programmesin physical education. The established a trust accountknown as the NationalFitness Fund and Health to apply money toprovide assistance to authorised the Minister for physical fitness in National Fitness Councilsin each State, to promote and other institutions and toenable the Council to schools, universities fitness in the community. make enquiries intothe cause of lack of physical Commonwealth National Fitnessappropriation In 1942, the annual further and was increasedby a further$100,000 to assist State Councils to develop programmesof physical educationin State Education Depart- ments. and at present The annual appropriationhas increased over the years stands at $350,000. Afurther $66,000 is madeavailable annually on a $1 Commonwealth to$2 State subsidy basisfor State capital works programmes approvedby the Commonwealth. State National FitnessCouncils are engaged in awide range of activities designid to promotethe general fitness of thecommunity. Further information on these programmesmay be obtained fromthe Head Office of the NationalFitness Council in each r!apital city

THE NATIONAL LIBRARYOF AUSTRALIA The National Library ofAustralia is a statutory body esablished by Act of the CommonwealthParliament in 1960. Its functions are: (a) to maintain anddevelop a national collection ofLibrary material,

31 30 including a comprehensive collection of library materIal relating to Australia and the Australian people; (b) to make library material in the national collection available to such persons and institutions and in such manner and subjea to such conditions as the Council (ot the National Library) deter- mines with a view to the most advantageous use of that collection in the national interest; to make available such other services in relation to library matters and library material (including bibliographical services) as the Council thinks fit, and, inparticular, services for the purposes of: (i) The library of the Parliament; (ii) The Departments and authorities of the Commonwealth; and () The Territories of the Commonwealth; and (d) to co-operate in library matters (including the advancement of library science) with authorities or persons, whether in Australia or elsewhere, concerned with library matterF. In general, the Library's policies and activities aim to supplement the resources and services of other libraries in Australia byproviding a strong national collection and services and by giving support to many forms of library co-operation.

Collections and Services The National Library has a collection of over 1,000,000 volumes, growing at an increasing rate at present around 60,000 volumes a year; and special collections of maps, manuscripts, microfilms, moving films, newspapers and pictorial materials. The research resources of its collections are concentrated principally in fields of the Social Sciences and Humanities. The Australian Collection and the Orientalia Collection, comprising Chinese, Japanese and Korean language materials are segregated and associated with special units of seniice within the Library. This also applies to other collections specially identified, such as manuscripts, maps, films and pictorial forms. Besides providing reference, information, special bibliography and interlibrary loan services, the Library produces and publishes national bibliographies, union catalogues, research guides and maintains location services for other libraries. Extension activities include the development of a rapidly growing Canberra Public Library Service for residents of the Australian Capital Territory and also technical and circulation services for public libraries of other Territories. Special Australian reference collections are developed and maintained for placement in over sixty Australian posts abroad and larger libraries are provided and managed in London and New York. Training 'courses and advisory services are conducted for the National Library and other Commonwealth Libraries. The Library has approximately 640 positions on its establishment, almost one quarter of these being professional positions. Flinelp0 Librarian: Parkes Place, Canberra, A.C.T. 2600. Phone:62-1111.

32 NATIONAL LIBRARY OFAUSTRALIA, FILM DIVISION The Film Division is part ofthe National Library of Aasralia, a statutory authority derivingits charter to operate from theNational Library Act, 1960. The Film Division hasassembled three collections: 1. A general lending collectionof more than 10,000 prints of over6,500 titles. These are available, onfree loan, direct to agencies ofthe Commonwealth Government and toorganisations in the Territories under its control. They arealso available through theState ffim libraries whose resources the Divisionsupplements, to agencies of the State Governments and toorganisations such as clubs, societiesand public companies in the States.In addition, the film collectionsof the British, Irish, Malaysian,Netherlands, Swedish, United AuabRepublic and United States Embassies havebeen transferred to the Divisionfor maintenance and distribution. Loanstotal more than 25,000 each year. 2. An historical collectiondesigned to illustrate the developmentof the film in Australia and to reflect aspectsof Australian life and achievement. Films in this collection arenot for general loan. A collection of classics intended toillustrate the origin and development of the film overseas. Thesefilms are lent only to approvedorganisations established for the serious studyof the film. Catalogues relating to the threecollections, with monthly, quarterly and annual supplements, arepublished. Chief Film Officer: FilmDivision, National Library of Australia,113 London Circuit, Canberra Citl, A.C.T.2601.

NATIONAL MARRIAGEGUIDANCE COUNCIL OF AUSTRALIA Through the Councils in each Statethere is a continuous programme of education in all aspects ofmarriage and family living. In theadult field this is concerned with thepreparation of engaged couples formarriage; preparation for parenthood;problems of children of all agesfrom infancy to marriage; the stressesand strains on marriage in themodern world; the causes of breakdown;the effect of such breakdown onchildren; the need for a. marriage guidanceservice in the community and theservices already available. The Councils also trahiselected people to work as marriage counsellors. Apart from this in-servicetraining, the general educationalwork is usually done through existingcommunity groups requesting help from the Council. Courses are held at theCouncils' centres and there is also co-operation with Councils of AdultEducation in supplying the leadership for some specialised courses. Methods include lectures,panel discussions, films and filmstrips, tape recordings, and small groupdiscussions and laboratory type exercises. Radio and television are usedwhenever opportunity is presented. Queensland Marriage Guidance Council,Dfrector: Mr. L. W. Hahn, 159 St. Pauls Terrace, Brisbane 4000. Phone:21-2005. Marriage Guidance Council of NewSouth Wales, Director Mr. R. Routh, 36 Alfred Street, Milsons PoLnt 2061. Phone:929-7122. Marriage Guidance Council of Victoria,Director Mr. Lloyd G. Phillips, 46 Princess Street, Kew 3101. Phone: 86-8512.

33 Marriage Guidance Council of South Australia, Secretary: Mr. C. E. M. Harris, 55 Hutt Street, Adelaide 5000. Phone: 23-4366. Marriage Guidance Council of Western Australia, Acting Director: Mrs. R. McDer- mott, 32 Richardson Street, West Perth 6005. Phone: 21-8904. Tasmanian Marriage Guidance Council, Directon Mr. M. L. Redmond, 24 Anti 11 Street, Hobart 7000. Phone: 23-6041. Canberra Marriage Guidance Council, President: Mr. P. Bailey, 1st Floor Melbourne Buildings, West Row, Canberra City 2601. Phone: 48-0530. In addition to these Councils a number of Marriage Guidance Centres or Counselling Services are organised by the Churches in each State, and by the Family Life Movement of Australia.

THE AUSTRALIAN NATIONAL UNIVERSITY CENTRE FOR CONTINUING EDUC The Centre for Continuing Education of the National University was established in 1969 with the redesignation and development of the former very small Department of Adult Education. It is responsible to the Vice-Chancellor and draws on the resources of both the Institute of Advanced Studies and the School of General Studies; it is assisted by an advisory committee representative of these two parts of the University. Its title stresses continuing education, a wider concept than adult education as frequently understood in Australia. Without sacrificing the "liberal" or properly educative, the Centre concerns itself with the continuing education of adults in whatever institutional form this manifests itself, particularly in Australian society. The Centre encourages the study of continuing education as an appropriate area of activity of this and other universities. As a providing agency it seeks to make available the special resources of the University to those not working for degrees who have already graduated or who arc able to benefit from university study, locally through a programme of classes and especially nationally through conferences, seminars, in-service and other courses. The study of continuing education takes several forms. Suitably qualified candidates with experience of continuing education, especially as tutors, training officers or educational administrators, may work for higher degrees at the Centre (full-time fcr the degree of Ph.D. and full- or part-time for the master's degree). Ad hoc workshops, seminars and training programmes are arranged for those employed in continuing education, sometimes in conjunction with other agencies (for example, courses for public service training officers jointly with the Public Service Board). Weekly seminars are arranged providing those working in continuing education in Canoerra and beyond with a forum for the critical examina- fion of papers on their thought and their work on aspects of continuing education. These seminars contribute to the development of an Australian literature of continuing education; some of the papers thus produced are likely to be published in collections of essays and other studies by the Centre or elsewhere. In its own thinking, the Centre considers particularly the philosophical and social bases for continuing education and the implications for the whole educational system of an approach which contradicts the more familiar, terminal approach to education. It develops research tools for 34 33 the study and evaluation ofeducational provision for adults;this should raise the quality oftheoretical stud3es in continuingeducation and assist towards improved provisionboth by the Centre and otheragencies. It has a particularinterest in the theory andthe practice of small group and group dynamicsapproaches to teaching andlearning. Beyond the study of continuingeducation the Centre does notitself seek to teach across the rangeof disciplines represented inthe University. It acts in a consultative,animating and administrativecapacity to secure the provision of a programmeof classes, most of them coursesof evening study, in the A.C.T., and a programmeof conferences, seminars andother courses on mattersof national importance at anational level. The class programme reflectsand in some instances goesbeyond the disciplines taught within the University;the emphasis in many coursesisinter- disciplinary and problem-oriented.In 1971 courses are offered inwhich tutors from threedisciplines work together, teachingconcurrently on the Environment, and, ..1 anothersuch course, on modernAmerica. In 1972 similar courses with teamsof tutors are planned on"Women in Society" and on education in Australia.A comprehensive study ofstudents eol- ling in 1970 is yiddir.guuderstanding of both the natureand interests of the Centre's local clienteleand the questions which provefruitfulin studies of this kind. During 1970 the Centredeveloped a selective prckamme ofnational courses runningfor a week-end or longer.Over 1,200 people attended courses in suchsubjects as intensive Japaneseand Chinese (duration four weeks), the processes andproblems of seeking conservation,rural policy, and the social responsibilitiesof journalism (week-endcourses) biotele- metry and "Educationand the Arts" (duration oneweek each). Many such courses are the outcomeof extended discussion withother agencies, educational (the Extensiondepartments of the Universitiesof Sydney and New England, thetraining division of the PublicService Board) aml others (The AustralianJournalists' Association, the Academyof Science, The National ParksAssociation). Sometimes discussionleads to joint provision, the Centreproviding advice on course designand content to co-operation is agencies less experiencedin this work. The result of such one subject ofevaluation and appraisal withinthe Centre. In such ways the Centreseeks to develop and draw outthe educational functions of agenciesand associations primarilydevoted to other purposes, stimulating them to seethemselves as part of thatresponsible, educable Centre works. In the long termthe Centre seeks society toward which the normal part of the to foster refresherand re-education programmes as a adult experience of Australians atwork and at play. To this end itseeks opportunities to consult withpublic and private agenciesinterested in educational and training processesand welcomes approaches fromadmin- istrators and managers no lessthan from educators. In 1970 the Centre'sacademic and support staff numberedtwelve. Director: Dr. C. Duke, Centrefor Continuing Education, AustralianNational University, P.O. Box 4, Canberra,A.C.T. 2600. Tel49-2892. Aaministrative Officer Mr. L. Hayes.Tel49-3256.

ROYAL AUSTRALIAN ARMYEDUCATIONAL CORPS The establishment of aneducation scheme in the Australian Army with the title of the AustralianArmy Educational Service wasapproved

35 34 by the War Cabinet In March, 1941, and the then Dr. R. B. Madgwick was appointed its first Director. Early in 1948 the A.A.E.S. wasgiven the status of a corps and became the Australian Army Educational Corps. in August, 1960, with Royal approval, the title of the Corps became the Royal Australian Army Educational Corps. The role of the R.A.A.E.C. is to prov de those educational services which contribute to the functional efficiency of the Army. It does this by developing in the soldier those Jualities on which his military skills largely depend intelligence, high morale, and a thinking attitude towards his work and environment. Soldiers whose schooling in civil life has not reached Intermediate standard are encouraged to undertake further general studies early in their Service careers. The Corps conducts courses at three successive levels which broadly correspond to the first, second and third year standards in N S.W. High Schools, although the subjects arc studied with an adult bias. The Army Certificates of EducationThird, Second and First Class mark the attainment of these standards. After they have qualified at Army First Class Certificate of Education level, many soldiers continue voluntarily to higher civil academic and vocational qualifications. The Services conjointly administer the Services General Certificate of Education which is recognised as the equivalent of the Victorian Leaving Examination. The academic curriculum of a number of Army establishments is taught by R.A.A.E.C. officers. This task can vary from teaching mathematics to various engineering courses to instructing in Logic nnd Gnvprn- ment to Officer Cadets at O.C.S. Portsea. At the R.A.A.F. School of Languages, R.A.A.E.C. officers assist with instruction and participate in the organisation of courses in foreign languages at home and abroad. At the Army Apprentices' School, Balcombe, Victoria, the R.A.A.E.C. covers the academic requirements of the various trade courses to the standards laid down by the Apprenticeship Commission of Victoria. A component of the Corps in Papua-New Guinea is responsible for the educational needs of all regular troops in the Territory. The main tasks are the teaching of English, an education of general enlightenment,and the educational preparation of indigenous officer cadets. The modern soldier must have an intelligent awareness of world events. Therefore the R.A.A.E.C. regards the dissemination of topical news and information throughout the Army as one of its most important responsibilities. This is done through such media as lectures on Current Affairs and Social Studies, and by the preparation and distribution of special publications. The Services' Vocational and Educational Training Scheme is controlled and administered by the Corps. This scheme provides a nation-wide coverage of correspondence and part-time attendance courses at all levels. Subjects studied can range from home gardening to university degree courses. R.A.A.E.C. officers are responsible for supervising the education of the nildren of soldiers in certain overseas areas. Although in these areas the R.A.A.E.C. task involves liaison with the R.A.E.C. of the British Army inmattersdealing withchildren'seducation,thereare two

36 t 35 y R.A.A.E.C.officersactually on theteachings_affof British A Children's Schools in Singapore. The Resettlement schemeis a further service implementedby the R.A.A.E.C. On reaching theend of their service, all ranks areoffered advice on their selectionof civil occupations. With the co-(.cration of the Department of Labourand National Service, thebest advice and assistance is sought to placethe member in employmentsuited to his aptitudes, training andqualifications. In its short history, thesize and responsibilities of theCorps have greatly expanded. New demands arecontinually being made requiring the Corps to extend iserviczs and expand its field ofactivity. To meet, and, in some cases, toanticipate these demands, theCorps is actively conducting research, particularly in thesphere of instructional methods14nd the use of advanced teaching aids. Director of Army Education: ArmyHeadquarters, Canberra, A.C.T. 2600.Tel.: 65-2966,

THE WORLD EDUCATIONFELLOWSHIP The World EducationFellowship is an internationalorganisation which came into being inEurope in 1921 as the NewEducation Fellow- ship and is now active in25 countries. Its name waschanged in 1966. From the outset, theInternational Headquarters hasbeen located in London. The W.E.F. is anon-racial and non-politicalfellowship in which teachers, parents and allwho are interested ineducation may meet on equal terms and work toachieve better education. Itsbroad aims are: to develop the fullestpotentialities of every child, youthand adult irrespec- tive of race, nation, colour,creed or social background.Education is defined as a process that beginsin infancy and continuesthroughout life, physical, and as a process concernedwith all aspects of the personality emotional, intellectualand spiritual. The W.E.F. works withUNESCO as an international, non-governmental organisation andhas carried out some importantprojects for that body. One of the vitalfunctions of InternationalHeadquarters isto arrange periodicWorld Conferences on themeswhich attract delegates from W.E.F. Sectionsthroughout the world. In July,1970, a successful World Conference on"The Educational Environment:Approaches to Primary Education" washeld in London in co-opf;ation with the Montessori Society, in honourof UNESCO's InternationalEducation Year, under the chairmanshipof Dr. James Henderson,World Chairman, W.E.F. The Jubilee Congress ofW.E.F. in August, 1971, atBrussels, marks the 50th anniversary ofthe foundation of the Fellowshipat the Calais Conference in 1921. InAustralia, the W.E.F. has functioned actively since 1937. There are sixState Sections; office bearers actin an honorary capacity and the activitiesof the Fellowship are open to non- members. Membership fees are about$2.50 per year, some of which goes in capitation fees to theAustralian Council, W.E.F. (which acts as a co- ordinating body to bring distinguishedlecturers from overseas to lectuie throughout Australia), and toInternational Headquarters. Headquarters of the Australian Council,W.E.F. rotates from State to Stateabout every three years. 37 38 The New South Wales Section of W.E.F. has branches at Newcastle, Armidale and Wollongong and a strong Sydney membership. It rents a centrally situated office and large meeting room manned by an assistant secretary. The range of its activities in any one yearincludes: an Annual Summer School of Creative Arts which has attracted for 19 years (up to 1970) a resident enrolment of about 120 adult students from16 years and over, including visiting Colombo Plan and other students fromAsia, Africa and Pacific Islands, etc.: parent education projects such as lecture- discussions with professional resource persons and traineddiscussion leaders thes- are held regularly in city and suburbs; various public le

YOUNG MEN'S CHRISTIAN ASSOCIATION OF AUSTRALIA Y.M.C.A.s operate through 110 Associations, branches and centres in all Australian States and in the Territory of Papua and New Guinea. The Y.M.C.A.s programme provides recreational, social and physical education programmes for its more than 70,000 to 80,000 participants and members whom it regularly serves. Extensive adult education courses on a wide variety of subjects are regularly organised by the Associations of the major capital cities and courses in Leadership Training are conducted by theRegional and National Councils of the Movement. Publications:Flashes illustrated,3-4timesa yearjournalpublishedby Y.M.C.A. National Council. The National Executive Director, Y.M.C.A. National Headquarters and College for Leadership Training War Memorial,196 Albert Road, South Melbourne, Victoria 3205. Phone: 69-7655. THE Y.W.C.A. OF AUSTRALIA The World Y.W.C.A. is aChristian intern tional andinter-denomina- tional movement working in78 countries, and theY.W.C.A. of Australia is the link between theWorld Headquarters inGeneva and the associations and groups which existin over thirty citiesand ter :ns in Australia. In turn, State Councilswork with each assoziatiGri,thus allowing more frequentpersonal liaison than wouldbe possible from National Council in a country ofthis size. The work of each Association isdesigned always to suit the areait serves, whether awhole community or a sectionof the community, such as new settlers orAboriginal people. It comprisessach programmes as: Residential camps for schoolgirlsand mixed camps for teenagers, including creative activitiesand adventure camps. Stay-at-Home Camps withvaried daytime programmes. Physical Education programmesand other skills. Teenage and young adultsdances, coffee clubs, and informal meeings. Primary schoolgirls' clubs andgeneral activities. Clubs and discussion groupsfor women generally,with special emphasis on suburban centresand the needs of housewives. working girls. This Hostel accommodationfor students and young includes accommodation in twocentres for singlemigrant girls, with special orientation aids. Recreation centres inmigrant camps. Correspondence courses on avariety of subjects. job, or a second careerfor the older woman, or Training for a first find difficulty in for sections of thecommunity who for some reason obtaining employment. Before school, andafter school activities. Volunteer LeadershipTraining Courses. East Melbourne, Vic. 3002.Phone: National ExecutiveDirector: 68 Powbelt St., 41-2131. THE AUSTRALIANCOUNCIL FOR THE ARTS Council for the Artscommenced operation in1968 The Australian for the Commonwealth Government'sadviser on financial support as the throughout Australia. The arts and on policiesfor their development for national andregional organisations, a national Council provides support examine the needs ofthe training programme, aresearch programme (to areas forassistance), an international programme arts and to suggest new Applica- (to assist with internationaltours) and a development programme. tions for assistance fromthe development funds areinvited through regular advertisements in the national pressand include a wide varietyof pro- in the fields of drama,Aboriginal arts, music, jects throughout Australia Assistance through festivals, film and televisionand youth and education. fund is given to stimulateinterest and activity the youth and education and out- in the arts both among youngpeople within the education system side it and in the fieldof adult education in the artsfor the greater enjoyment of leisure. Sydney, N.S.W. 2060. The Australian ColIIICH for theArts: P.O. Box 302, North Tel.: 92-6011. 39 38 AUS1RALIAN CAPITAL TERRITORY

ARTS COUNCIL OF AUSTRALIA A.C.T. DIVISION This Division of the Arts Council is a voluntary group of sonic citizens .with special interest or capacity in the arts, and its main function is to bring to Canberra audiences distinctive presentations in art, music, theatre, ballet and poetry from overseas and all parts of Australia, including Canberra itself. Examples of the wide range of interests and activities of the Council are: Readings of poetry fromaround the world on various themes with informed commentary and presentation of their own work by Australian poets; exhibitions of painting, sculpture, pottery and prints by celebrated Australian and overseas artists; lunch hour and Sunday afternoon concerts of lesser known works and operas_ by professional and promising student musicians; presentation of plays of good professional standard not available through any other agency; presentation of national ballet, dance and music companies such as the Engel Family from Austria and the Royal Thai Ballet. Children are specially catered for by presentation in the schools of drama, opera, ballet, marionettes and music for primary -and secondary students. Many of these presentations are conducted in association with official bodies such as the Department of the Interior, the Commonwealth Art Advisory Board, overseas governMents and embassie,, The Australian Council for the Arts provides financial assistance for certain of our presentations. Voluntary work is the lifeblood of the Arts Council, without it the Division would cease to exist. President: Richard Kings land. Hon. Secretary: David B. Walsh. Office: Room 3, Griffin Centre, Bunda Street Canberra C ty 2601.

AUSTRALIAN INSTITUTE OF ANATOMY The Australian Institute of Anatomy is administered by the A.C.T. Health Services Branch of the Commonwealth Department of Health and was established as a result of the Federal Government's decision in 1923 to accept the offer of the late Sir Colin MacKenzie to donate to the nation his collection of cPmparative anatomy dissections of Australian animals. These were the result of many years' work in the study of the stnic- ture and function of muscles in connection with his investigations into the treatment of disabilities caused by poliomyelitis. The present building was completed in 1931 and consists of two public museums and an administrative block containing offices, a library, a lecture theatre, laboratories and work rooms. One of the museums is now devoted to anatomical displays of general educational nature as distinct from the original specialised collection. The other contakts displays of items drawn from the National Ethnographic Collection which is housed at the Institute until a National Museum is erected. These attract approximately 250,000 visitors each year,

40 Also accommodatedtemporarily in the building arethe A.C.T. Public Health Laboratory, twosections of the NationalBiological Stan- dards Laboratory and theNutrition Section of the HealthDepartment. The latter section hascarried out a number offood consumption surveys in thevarious States, the NorthernTerritory and Papua-New Guinea. An importantfunction of this section iseducation in nutrition. Publications: Pamphlets on nutrition,food composition tables and abimonthly publication, Food and NutitionNotes and Reviews. Thispublication reviews important work in the field ofnutrition both in Australia and Overseas. Curator: Mr. R. Stone, AustralianInstitute of Anatomy, CanberraCity, A.C.T. 2601. Telephone: 48-6611.

AUSTRALIAN WAR MEMORIAL The Australian WarMemorial, Canberra, which wasofficially opened on Armistice Day,1941, is a national shrine tothe deeds, valour and sacrifice of Australians whodied serving their country intimes of war. The conception of theMemorial extends over three broadaspects commemoration, exhibitiongalleries and the library. Thepurely com- memorative features includethe Roll of Honour onwhich are inscribed 102,000 names of those whodied in the service of their country.The focal point of the building is theHall of Memory in whichthe social, personal and fighting qualitiesof those who served aredepicted in large stained glass windows and mosaicpatterns. which are The exhibition galleriesdisplay many hundreds of items this an historicalrecord of Australianparticipation in wars in which country has been involved.These war relics are supplementedby sculpture, dioramas ot battles andpaintings. In the library is preservedthe mass of documentaryrecords relating the collection is a to the various wars.Divided into four departments, comprehensive coverage ofall facets of Australia at warand a valuable reference for researchersand historians. The PrintedRecords Section includes over 70,000 booksand 5,000 volumes of boundperiodicals. The main group in theWritten Records Section is the wardiaries of Aus- tralian Army unitsduring both world wars. ThePhotographic Section million feet includes 240,000 stillphotographs and the Films Section four of film. Director: Mr. W. R. Lancaster,Australian War Memorial, CanberraA.C.T. 2500. Telephone: 48-6622.

CANBERRA COLLEGE OFADVANCED EDUCATION The Canberra College ofAdvanced Education is situated on a290 acre campus in Bruce,about five and a half miles fromCanberra's Civic Centre. The College was established as anautono ous institution by anAct November 14, 1967, of CommonwealthParliament which took effect from and its purpose is todiversify further the educationalopportunities avail- ab.e for students wishingto undertake courses attertiary level. Courses are designed to meetthe requirements of employer groupsin a changing 41 40 society, and at the same time allow the s udent some breadthof study outside his chosen specialisation. The College comprises five Schools Administrative Studies, Applied Science, Computing Studies, Liberal Studies, andTeacher Education. The environment of the College is strongly interdisciplinary and courses arein general constructed to allow students to takeadvantage of the wide range of teaching areas available. In 1971, the School of Liberal Studies of theCanberra College of Advanced Education will offer eight European and Asianlanguage courses as part of its extension work, somebeing conducted at the College, some at A.N.U. The coursesinElementary Russian, Elementary Japanese and Elementary Chinese are the first stage of three-year regularundergraduate courses in these languages but ean alsobe taken by students who have no intention of doing the full course. Principal: Dr. S. S. Richardson. ReWstrar: Mr. J. R. Scutt. Address: Canberra College of Advanced Education, Box 381,P.O., Canberra City, A.C.T. 2601.

CANBERRA EVENING COLLEGE The College was opened in 1945 and at present has anenrolment of over 800 students. Classes areheld at Canberra High School and the majority of teachers are drawn from senior members of thestaffs of the high schools in the Australian Capital Territory. Particular emphasis has been placed on the pro ision ofopportunities for study for the Leaving Certificate, UniversityMatriculation, Public Service examinations and the Intermediate Certificate.With this aim in view, a wide range of subjects is made available which enable everystudent to select work which he has studied previously atschool. Some classes are also conducted in subjects such asStock Exchange, Lapidary, Wood Hobbies, Cake Decorating and AdvancedCooking, whilst there is also a class in Advanced English for thosemigrants who have completed the normal course and wish to progress further. Principal: Canberra Evening Co lege, Canberra High School,Bindoobi,-!Cres., Macquarie, A.C.T. 2614.

CANBERRA TECHNICAL COLLEGE From the earliest days of the Federal CapitalCommission, the need for technical education was recognised as part of theproblem of providing a comprehensive rangeof educational facilities in the National Capital and in C:tober, 1925, Mr. C. S. Daley, Secretary ofthe Commission, reported on a proposal for JuniorTechnical Courses at Telopea Park School. After continued negotiations with the N.S.W. r_.,chnical Education authorities "Evening Continuation Classes and aTrades School at Telopea Park School" commenced to funrtion in 1928with classes in Commercial subjects, Trades subjects and Women'sHandicrafts. There was still at this

41 42 time no formalapprenticeship scheme in operationwithin the Australian Capital Territory. With the passing of theApprenticeship Ordinance in 1936, aneed for a change in status ofthe College became evident. A reportof 1938 recommended that it should bedeveloped gradually into theCanberra Technical College. Since 1938 the CanberraTechnical College has deve1oped as ajoint venture of a CommonwealthDepartment and a State Department.The Commonwealth Department ofEducation and Science is nowresponsible for buildings and equipment,policy, part-time teaching and supportstaff. The New South WalesDepartment of Technical Educationis responsible for full-time teaching staff,syllabi and examinations. The college now occupies three campuses,the main campus being at Reid with annexes at Actonand Kingston. The first building onthe newer Reid campus was officiallyopened by His Excellencythe Governor General on May 28, 1962.Buildings have been progressivelyadded and at this date thereis some 200,000 square feetof floor space in use. Planning for the next decadeindicates a requirement for anadditional 460,000 square feet by 1980. A newSchool of Horticulture is at present on the drawingboard. This will be a third annexe tothe Technical College and is to be located atWeston Creek. In 1970, 7,000 students wereattending some 120 courses offered at centres in Reid, Actonand Kingston. The courses cover awide spectrum of levels and needsincluding not only the trainingof apprentices but also the preparation of peoplefor more advanced responsibilitiesin commerce and industry. Courses are grouped underthree broad categories: technical 1.Certificate Courses train draftsmen, supervisors, officers and +chnicians to a:-,ab-professional level. Most coursesinvolve four years' part-timestudy. Training is offered inthe fields of: Biology Valuation Survey Drafting Architecture Electronics Mechanical Engineering Building Fashion Naval Architecture Chemistry Management Horticulture Accounting Supervision Sheep and Wool 2. Trade Courses are designed tosupplement the on-the-job experience of indenturedapprentices. Courses are offered in the areasof: Electiical Fitting Printing Fitting and Machining Radio Plastering Welding Refrigeration Cooking Plumbing Automotive Painting Sheetrnetal Bricklaying Bookbinding Greenkeeping Carpentry Hairdressing Panelbeating 3. Special ourses cover a wide range oftopics which are offered on a non-certificatebasis. Listed be1ow is a selection of such courses: 42 43 Ceramics Auctioneers & AgentsPublic Speaking Sculpture Data Processing Bookbinding Painting Dressmaking Home Science Motor Maintenance \Vine Service Welding Building Cooking Horticulture Concreting Matriculation Shorthand Ticketwriting Efficient Reading Typing Whilst most courses are offered during theevening, an increasing number are being conducteu during the day.In addition there are 'full- time courses in Art Fashion, Shorthand, Typingand a one-year prepara- tory course for matriculation. Itis ant.17ipated that in the future more courses will be offeredduring the day incluOing some on a sandwichbasis. Principal: P. L. Edwards, B.Se.(Tech.), (Elec.Eng.).M.I.R.E.E.(Aust.). Address: Canberra Technical College, ConstitutionAvcnue, Canberra Cy, 2601. Phone: 48-8911. Area Code: 062.

COUNTRY WOMEN'S ASSOCIATION A.C.T. BRANCH The Country Women's Association in theAustralian Capital Terri- tory is a Branch of theN.S.W. Country Women's Association. In all its activities and arrangements it isclosely affiliated with the N.S.W. Association. Secretary: Mrs. R. H. Lewis, 32 Donaldson S reet,Braddon, A.C.T. 2601. Tel.: 4-2770.

NATIONAL FITNESS ADVISORY COMMITTEEOF THE A.C.T. The A.C.T. National Fitness Advisory Committeeadvises the Minister for Health concerning the development ofnational fitness activities within the A.C.T. The committee makes recommendations regardingthe allocation of Commonwealth moneys made available to the A.C.T.It is concerned with the encouragement of activities which promotephysical education, recreation and community health. This includestraining programmes for youth leaders, coaches, etc. It represents communityorganisations and interested Government departments. Secretary: A.C.T. National Fitness Officer, A.C.T. HealthServices, P.O. Box 825, Canberra City 2601. Telephone: 49-8077.

NATIONAL LIBRARY OF AUSTRALIA FILM DIVISION The Film Division is part of the National Libraryof Australia, a statutory authority deriving its charter to operatefrom the National Library Act, 1960. There are three collections, particulars of which aregiven in the entry under Federal Organisations. Catalogues relating to the three collections, withmonthly, quarterly and annual supplements are published. The main collection of some 10,000prints and 6,500 titles are available on free loan, to organisations in theA.C.T. Chief Film Officer: Film Division,National Library of Australia, 113 London Circuit, Canberra City, A.C.T. 2601.

44 NEW sum WALES

ADVISORY BOARD OFADULT EDUCATION derived from a civilianadvisory commIttee set up This body initially Education Services. In 1943the in 1941 to assist theArmy and R.A.A.F. Adult Education Com- Minister for Educationconstituted it an Advisory Chairmanship of the Director-Generalof Education, and mittee, under the Board of Adult Education to in 1945 it became atwelve-member Advisory examine and report tothe Minister forEducation on the developments expand adult educationin New South Wales.From and funds necessary to instru- its inception in 1943the Committee, laterthe Board, has been mental in allocatingfrom the grants made toit by the goverment, aid to the universities,major voluntary bodies, substantial and increasing affording a and the AdultEducation Section of thePublic Library; and in of informationand discocsion of themajor policies forum for the exchange the and problems of adulteducation bodies in theState. References to the Board will befound in the account ofeach of grants received from for 19'70-71 totalled the main receiving bodies.These grants allocated $230,000.

ADVISORY COMMITTEEON CULTURALGRANTS N.S.W. Government set up,under the Minister for ln 1966 the the Arts, particularly Education, the CulturalGrants Committee to support in country areas. is distinct from fixed grants The initial grantof $200,000 per annum the Public Libraryand other institutions. made for museums, distributed as In 1969-70 thetotal grant was$205,000. It was different societies and groups,$28,500; follows: Arts andCrafts, some 37 Eisteddfod societies,scholarships, orchestrasand music Music, some 59 some 38theatre and societies, $40,200;Theatre and drama groups, $73,500; Ballet, $45,750;Film, $3,500; Literature, dramatic organisations, Ballet and drama andother $9,800; to assistin touring costs of Opera, Cultural activities,nine organisations,$44,650. Education, Box 33, G.P.O., Sydney, Executive Member: A.C. Verdon, Dept. of N.S.W. 2001.

(N.S.W DIVISION) THE ARTS COUNCILOF AUSTRALIA organisation in receipt of anannual subsidy from the A voluntary take the arts to the N.S.W. State Government($31,000 in 1969-70) to to assist in thecultural development of country people, and particularly Advisory Com- areas. A grantis received annuallyfor activities from the mittee on CulturalGrants totalling $36,000. Limited Through a subsidiarybody Arts Council Presentations extensive tours ofprofessional Ballet, Opera,and Drama are arranged, with the AustralianElizabethan Theatre Trust or usually in conjunction 2,501 per- cmmercial theatrical managements.During 1969 a total of totalling 439,254 formances were giventhroughout the state to audiences ,b. -1, 44 45 people. An important part of the Council'sactivities is concerned with arrangiir special educational presentations in or for the schools. Alimited number of touring art exhibitions are also arranged. A Summer School of Visual andPerforming Arts is held every January at East Sydney Technical College.Throughout the year special week-end courses are arranged in painting, pottery, music andin various aspects of theatre. TheCouncil is strongly endeavouring to stimulate interest in and to raise the standard of amateur theatre,and to *his end is now subsidising theservices of a professional producer to w,:rk with amateur groups. Annual Drama Festivalfor Metropolitan and Country groups continue to bewell-supported, and it is generally accepted that the competitions have raised overall standards. The North Side Arts Festival has now become abiennial event. This festival is the only suburban cultural festival in Australia,and is organised by an independent committee of local citizens whofunction as a branch of the Arts Council. In 1964, to mark the completion of 21 successful years,the N.S.W. Division moved into new premises in Da.linghurst nowknown as the Arts Council Centre. This building houses theadministrative offices of the N.S.W. Division and an Art Gallery. State Secretary; Mr. John Cooper, ArtsCouncilCentre,162 Crown Str Darlinghurst, N.S.W. 2010. Phone: 31-6611.

ART GALLERY OF NEW SOUTH WALES The Gallery is the principal art museum in New SouthWales. It is maintained by the State Govern-lent and governed by aBoard of Trustees as a branch of the Education Department.There are a few privately endowed purchase funds, notat y the Florence Turner Blake,Colonel J. B. Pye and W. H. Nolan bequests; other privateendowments benefit living Australian artists either by supplementing scholarships(Anthea Dyason bequest) or by offering annual art prizesArchibald, Wynne, Sulman, Le Gay Brereton, McCaughey). The institution was founded in 1874. The present building ishalf Victorian, completed between 1896 and 1909, and half modern, completed 1971. The prefederation liame National Art Gallery of NewSouth Wales remained in use until 1958. It is open (:aily except Good Friday and Christmas Day. Entry to the permanent collections is always free; very occasionally a charge is made for one of the many temporary exhibitions. Publications include exhibition catalogues, catalogues of the permanent collection and an illustrated Quarterly. These areoften important sources for the study Australian art. The Gallery also sells colour prints, slides, postcards and art books. It can give information on most art matters in New South Wales. The ?sit Gallery Society arrangeslectures and films and also raises money for the Gallery. Guide lecturesfor school parties are available. Exhibitions and lectures for country centres are arranged by a full-time officer. The collections chiefly embrace Australian and European artof the 19th and 20th century. There are also some significant17th and 18th century European paintings. There is ,a_comprehensive collection of

46 original prints from theRenaissance onwards. Oriental artis collected, mainly Australian Aboriginaland Melanesian. Apart and primitive art, Australian pottery, from gifts of Englishporcelain and pewter, and some the decorative arts arenot collected, foranother Sydney museumis devoted to them The sameapplies to prehistoric, Egyptianand classical antiquities. Director; Mr. Hal Missingham,retirement August, 1971, 221-2100. Cables: Address: Art Gallery Road,Sydney, N.S.W. 2000. Telephone: Artgalsyd.

THE AUSTRALIANMUSEUM The Australian Museum wasfounded in 1827 and becameestablished lower floors of the presentNorth on its presentsite with the erection of the 1849, It now comprises89,000 square feet of Wing between 1846 and galleries, and has an floor space, of which36,000 sq. ft. are exhibition additional 10,000 sq. ft. ofstorage space in other partsof the city. The s Governmentorganisation, administered Museum is a New South determined by a Board through the Department of ucation. Its policy is effect through a Directorand a staff of over 100 of Trustees and given The persons, of whom22 are scientists andfour are education officers. general concern of theMuseum is with the naturalsciences zoology, and there are very extensive geology, palaeontologyand anthropology collections of specimensrepresenting these areas ofstudy, particularly region. These collectionshave been built up overthe from the Australian gifts, purchase past 150 yearsthrough collectingexpeditions and through and exchange. curating of its collections, The Museum hasthree main functions Museum research istraditionally in the field of research and education. into classification and inaddition, individualscientists carry on research particular groups. This researchis ecology, behavioursand the evolution of and the excellentlibrary which contains over based on the collections periodicals. The Museum's 40,000 volumes aswell as many unbound function is carried outthrough its permanentdisplays, general educational and through its many through films, lecturesand travelling exhibitior, s, publications at bothscientific and popularlevel. Museum staff provide identification of specimensand answer manythousands of inquiries each the public and otherscientific or governmentorganisations. year from both children, including There isalso a bpecialisededucation service for organised lessons forschool groups, loancollections information services and vacation activities. In the care of thecollections and in research,scientists are assisted officers, while gallery displays areprepared by the by a staff of technical modellers, Exhibitions Departmentwhich Includesartists,designers, preparators andphotographers. Australian Natural History a non-technical Publications: Quarterly magazine and journal.Scientific periodicals Records of the Australian Museum, Memoirs of the AustralianMuseum. Annual Report.Museum Handbooks Sydney, Australian MuseumHandbook, Exploring The Natural History of of N.S.W., Australian AboriginalStone Imple- Between Tidemarks, The Frogs Aboriginal Rock Art, ments, Australia!,Aboriginaecorative Art, Australian 47 N.S.W. Aboriginal Place Names, Melanesian Art hi the Australian Museum, Australian Aborigines (illustrateu booklet for children). Folder These are Inverteb ates. Chart Life Through the Aqes. A wide range of frer leaflets on natural science subjects. Director: Dr. F. H. Talbot. Address: 6-8 College Street, Sydney, N.S.W. 2000. Telephone: 26-6954,

COLLEGES OF ADVANCED EDUCATION The N.S.W. Higher Education Act (1969) provided for an Advanced Education Board, advisory to the Minister of Education and Science, to co-ordinate the development of advanced education in the State. The Act provided for existing Colleges of Advanced Education, many of which had been in existence for up to 90 years, to become corporate colleges, and for the estanshment of further corporate Colleges of Advanced Education. The N.S.W. Institute of Technology, established 1965, is the largest of these institutions for advanced education. It provides a wide range of diploma courses in fields of Applied Science, Architecture and Building, Business and Administration Studies, Engineering and Information Pro- cessing. The Institute offers a rsnge of extension courses for science graduates. In 1970 it enrolled over 3,000 students and this number is planned to rise to 5,500 in 1972. The Institute has a single central campus in Broadway, with divisions at Gore Hill and Brickfield Hill. Mitchell College of Advanced Education, Bathurst, was opened in 1970. It provides three main programmes of study: Teacher Education; Business and Administrative Studies; General Studies. The College is residential. In addition, the College will offer external studies in Teacher Education and Business and Administration Studies, and it is hoped to develop extension studies in the region for those not enrolled in its three programmes of studies. A second regional College, the Riverina College of Advanced Education, Wagga, is expected to open in 1972 and'Ter, on a resideatial basis, programmes of study in Teacher Education, Business and Adminis- tration, Liberal Studies and Applied Science. Two long established residential Agr'eultural Colleges, at Hawkesbury and Wagga, offer advanced education and post diploma courses in the fields of agriculture, food, dairy and poultry technology. A third College is planned for Orange in 1972. This will be a residential co-educational college. The National Art School, situated at East Sydney and Randwick, though courses are offered at Technical Colleges throughout the State, offers five diploma courses at the professional level: two in the Fine Arts; and three in Design. In addition, part-time vocational courses are offered n painting, sculpture, ceramics and design. The N.S.W. State Conservatorium of Music offers a complete training in all branches of music and opera at the diploma level, though provision is made for non-diploma students. In addition to these Institutions and Colleges, a wide range of diploma courses, approved for AdvancedEducation scholarsh.ps, are offered in the para-medical field by a number of separate authorities,usually the appropriate professional body; in law by the Barristerr and Solicitors - 48 47 Admission Boards; Pre-sehool TeachersCourses; teacher training courses by several Roman Catholic Colleges; coursesin Applied Science, Science and Commerce by the Seventh DayAdventist College; in actingand production by the National Institute of Dram'je Art. The addresses of the principal insttutions mentioned in this summary are as follows: Registrar: N.S.W. Institute of Technology, 'ThomasStreet, Broadway Phone: 2-0922. Secretary: Mitchell College of AdvancedErlucation, Bathurst, N.S.W. 27'5. Secretary: Hawkesbury Agricultural College,Richmond, N.S.W. 2753. Secretary: Wagga Agricultural College, WaggaWagga, N.S.W. 2650. National Art School: Admissions andInformation Unit, Department of Technical Education, Railway Square, Broadway, N.S.W,2007. Phone: 2-0922. Registrar: N.S.W. State Conservatorium of Music,Macquarie Street, Sydney, 2000. Phone: 27-4206. Director:, National Institute of DramaticArt, UnIvel3itv of N.S.W., Box I, P-0., Kensington 2033. Phone: 663-4727.

THE COUNTRY WOMEN'SASSOCIATION OF N.S.W. This Assoeia ion was formed in1922; itis non-party and n sectarian. The aims of the Country Women'sAssociation of N.S.W. are to mprove conditions for womenand children in rural areas. Among its numerous projects arethe establishment and maintenance of BabyHealth Centres (for which the Governmentprovides the Sister), Seaside and Mountain holiday Homes, Handicraftclasses and hostels for school children. Scholarships at State level and alsogiven by Groups and Branches, help Aborigines and whitechildren, and an annual C.W.A. Scholarship enables an indigenous girlfrom Papua-New Guinea to attend a Home Economics Course at the SouthPacific Commission School in Suva, Fiji. A Scholarship is alsogiven each year for a C.W.A. girl to attend an Outward Bound Course. Through its membership of theAssociated Countrywomen of the World, C.W.A. of N.S.W. has statuswith the U.N. and is particularly interested in the work of theSpecialised Agencies. Each year a different country is studied by allBranches study courses being arranged by the University of New England. A special committee is concernedwith drama, art and other cultural activities. Publications: An Official Annual Reportand a monthly magazine The Country Woman. General Secretary: Miss W, Balmer, 11Greenknowe Avenue, Potts Point, N.S.W. 2011. Telephone: 35-2923.

DEPARTMENT OF AGRICULTURE Rural extension services in New SouthWales began 75 years ago. In 1890, an Agricultural Branch of theState's public services was created within the Ministry of Mines. For the first 17 yearsthe Director of Agri- culture was responsible to the Under Secretaryfor Mines (and Agricul- ture). in 1907. Agriculture became a separateMinistry and has continued as such. 4948 By 1891 the new service includednot only a research team, and crop and livestock specialists, but someitinerant field advisers. A monthly journal for farmers The Agricultural Gazette ofN.S.W. had been launched, as had a miscellaneousbulletin series. An agricultural coilege (Hax\lesbury) and experimental farm wasestablished at Richmond, and sites had been chosen for severalother "experimental and demonstrational" stations. By 1910, a role for rural groupsalso was recognised by the Director. In that year, there first cameinto being, as an "AgriculturalBureau", a local voluntary body of farm peoplededicated to adult education in general and agricultural educationinparticular.In1921,the"Agricultural Bureau" groups federated as "TheAgricultural Bureau of N.S.W.". To help development of the AgriculturalBureau movement the Department in that year appointed a professionalofficer designated "Organiser, Agri- cultural Bureau", a branchsubsidy system was introduced and anannual threc-days State congress of Bureaubranch delegates was commenced. Since 1910 some 1,600 rurallocalitks have had a Branch of the Agricultural Bureau and at any time about120 Branches are active. Some of the bigeer Branches have over100 members. Total membership exceeds 6,000. Branches promoteat locallydetermined intervalsshort schools and courses, field days, meet'ngs forlectures, discussions, symposia and other organised teaching situations onsubjects of local and general interest. Of recent years over 100schools/courses for rural people are conducted annually through Branches of theAgricultural BureNU. The Department provides a secretarialoffice and staff for the Agri- cul ural Bureau of N.S.W. withinits Division of Extension Services. It is estimated that in full- and part-timeduties of an educational nature, there is the equivalentof 350 full-time educationalofficers. The field officers are located throughoutthe State in about 70 areas. They are subjectmatterspecialists,agronomists,representingPlantIndustry Division; livestock officers, representing theDivision of Animal Industry; fruit officers, Divislon of Horticulture;dairy officers and other categories, Division of Dairying; economics researchofficers, Division of Marketing and AgriculturalEconomics;plantpathologistsandentomologists, Biological and Chemical Research Institute;and farm machinery advisers, Division of Research Stations. Althoughthey are specialists they are also expected to give general advice when necessary. For decentralised administration ofextensionservices,thefield officers are in nine agricultural regions with asupervisor, responsible to the Chief, Division of Extension Services,in charge. These regional officers also have the assistance of a publicityofficer who aims to make effective use of theinstruments of mass communication. Eachregional office is also well equipped with audiovisual aids. Each region is likely tomake from 300 to 600 press releases in a yearand each supports a number of farm radio sessions. Of the 48 ruralradio stations in the State, notless than 42 have one or more farm sessions perweek in which field officers regularly participate. In 1969/70 some6,000 broadcasts were made. Of the Department's $19,000,000 per annumexpenditure, upwards of one-third is on researchand educational/extension activities. Without the co-operation of otherAdult Education bodies the Depart- ment's effectiveness woulebe much less than it is. Speakersand demon- tt)(1 strators are securedfrom other publ c serviceDepartments including Technical Education, andEducation; from banks Conservation, Health, Close links are maintained and commercial bodies,and the Universities. Board of Adult Educationand the New South Wales with. the Advisory and the Film Council, oneach of which theDepartment is represented, New South WalesCouncil of Social Services. the Department's basicaim, but farming as Agricultural efficiency is interwoven that the a businessand farming as a wayof life are so concerned with the .latter aswell. It follows that Department is inevitably is a working rural communitydevelopment and communityself-help philosophy of the extensionforces. this is the healthy developmentof private rural A recent example of 50 private consultants a ro advisory services. InNew South Wales over now practising.Their annual clientelewould total about 2,000. publications service of theDepartment comprises a Publicatiom The comprehensive circulation); a quarterly for monthly free journal forfarmers in general (26,000 circulation);aquarterlyfor poultry farmers (5,500 dairy farmers (9,500_economics _research journal, anannual report, science circulation); a quarterly pamphlets, and bulletins, and a _range of some1,400 miscellaneous booklets, leaflets. Distribution of thelatter ranges around 700,000 per year. The Department has alsoheld short-term schools andconferences at of topics, which Hawkesbury AgriculturalCollege covw ing a wide range were accommodated asfollows: Milking Machine OperatorsSchools:Extension Service/Methods School; Rabbit ControlRefresher Course; Food School; Herd Recorders' School; Rural Youth Plant Foreman's School;Fruit Officers' Extension Tractor Operationand Maintenance, DairyCattle; Poultry Schools Pig Raisers' School; Servicemen's, Technicians'and Producers' Course; :a Apiculture. District Agronomists'Conference; Summer School Director-General: Mr. R. M.Watts, Department ofAgriculture, State Office Block, Phillip Street, Sydney2000. information Services: Mr. H.Parry-Brown, Department of Chief, Division of Block, Phillip Street, Sydney2000. Agriculture, State Office Department of Agriculture, Chief, Division of ExtensionServices: Mr. B. D. Ament, State Office Blo,;!,,Phillip Street, Sydney 2000.

DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION EVENING COLLEGES Adult Education inNew South Wales is theresponsibility of several agencies, including theDepartment of Education,Technical Colleges and makes its contribution in he Universities. TheDepartment of Education Colleges, which have beenestablished in those centres the form of Evening which have where a reasonablenumber of people have sought courses not been madeavailable by anelher agency. While all Evening Collegeshave the same independentfriendly spirit, character of its own and, each has been successfulin developing a special forces of a community centre,the Colleges have with the binding social agencies. One most become markedly differentfrom other adult education important responsibility of theestablishment is to meet theexpressed needs the demand. It is as up-to- of the people and that on the strength of date and as progressive aninstitution as any society wouldwish. Herein lie the special valueand appeals of the EveningCollege idea. Where 15 50 or more people are gathered together,in the pursuit of some knowledge or skill,itis the College responsibility to meet that wish. Thepeople in charge must be so flexible and independent in their thinkingand possessed of such initiative in their action that they lead communitieshy serving them. It is a grand concept that is translatcd i-to actimin 48 colleges and 37 annexes throughout the State. When the people requiring attention cannot speak for themselves as in the case of the intellectuallyhandicapped some interested teacher or citizen speaks for themand annexes are established to cope with special education needs. The sum of such work in New South Wales atthe beginning ot Third Term 1970 is indicated. The parent College is named in the brackets. Cromehurst (Chatswood); Peat Island (Hornsby); Wreck Bay Aboriginal Homework Centre (Canber a); Edmund's Workshop (Ashfield); Crowle Home (North Ryde); Hassall Street (Parramatta); Pitt Street Lip Reading (Randw ck); Gladesville (Hunter's Hill); Westhaven (Dubbo); Rydalmere (Macquarie) Evening Colleges operate in public school buildings, more often than not in high schools, where specialist rooms and equipment areavailable. Furniture, equipment aild services provided for the day school arefreely used by the College; as well, equipment purchased byevening students for their classes, is used by the day classes. in this way, the college goes a long way towards solving the problem ofexttacting maximum value from an appreciable public asset, and at the same time pivides an admirable basis for a community centre. Doubts as to whether adults would feel at home in the school setting have been dispelled. Although the principal and staff are basically Dclartmental teachers in the daytime, a permissive atmosphere prevails, teachersrecognising that theyare working as adults, with adults, and students meeting in social groups. The Principal of an Evening College has an open charter as far as curriculum is concerned, though he is encouraged to develop a balanced programme. The Department suggests that about one-thirdof the courses will be of a general educational character, such as basic or remedial English, or courses leading to academic examinations. With the introduction of the Higher ,:citool Certificate examination there has been an increasing demand for th,.! academic classes, mainly from people who have found some need of higher basic qualifications leading toemploy- ment or higher education. It is gratifying to note that manypeople whose secondary education was not consummated by successinthefinal examination, have found in the Evening Colleges a second opportunity for achievement. About 40% of all courses are academic in nature. Prior to 1956, Evening Colleges were free, but since then a fee has been charged, at first $1 per term of 12 weeks, later $4 and now$5 per term. In addition to this Departmentalfee, each college is permitted to charge a service fee not exceeding 50c. Pensioners are exemptfrom the payment of fees. The base fee coversmembership of the college, and 52 51 entitles the student toenrol in any number of classes.It is considered that membership of thecollege rather than a class gives abroader signific- Italso anceto enrolment asabasisfor community development. encourages students toenlarge their participation byjoining other classes. In the academic classes,where the object is prep:rationfor an examination, stue ,nts take several coursesfor the one enrolment fee, butin others, most people take only oneat a time and very few morethan two. Staff consists of a principal,who must be a Departmental teacher, but is usually not the principalof the day school in which theCollege operates; one or moredeputy principals, whose duties aresolely administrative, and as many subjectteachers as are required. Foracademic courses, the teachers arealmost invariably day-high-schoolteachers, not necessarily from Departmentalschools. For the cultural and hobbiesclass, teachers are recruited from otherprofessions, commerce, industry orother fields; in some cases, formerEvening College students have becomeexpert in their subjects to the pointof selection for the tuition ofothers. There are now 48 Collegeswith 37 annexes in New SouthWales including 5 collegesin Newcastle and 9 colleges(with 3 annexes) located in the country areas.There al e 25,000 studentsdoing 47,000 courses whichnumber represents almost twicethe number of people participating, making the averagenearly two courses per person.As mentioned earlier,this average islifted considerably by theacademic examination courses where studentswould take four and five subjectseach. Of the 2,147 classes inoperation, 845 are academic and1,302 are cultural and hobbies. There are1,520 teachers involved in the scheme, of whom 48 are Principalsand 74 are Deputy Principals ofthe Collegeg Officer-i-Charge: Staff Inspector,Department of Education, Farrer Place,Sydney, N.S.N. 2000.

DEPARTMENT OF PUBLICHEALTH The Health Educationactivities of the Department areco-ordinated by a Health EducationAdvisory Council appointed by theMinister, and having on itrepresentatives from theUniversities, education, medical and health authorities. The objectives of theCouncil are to stimulate and co-ordinaiehealth education activities covering all stagesof life, through statutory and voluntary or;anisafionsconcerned with health promotion. A Health L Jucation Divisionhas been set up within the Department and is headed by a medicalofficer with public health and healtheducation training. The staff of the Sectionincludes graduats in social science and education concerned with fundamentalhealth education of parents and children and with health education aspectsof public health programmes. Twenty Divisions and Branches ofthe Department are concerned with health education in one way oranother; for example, the Bureau of Maternal and Child Health acceptsheaith education as one of its main activities and, in this regard, also worksin very close association with the Department of Education. The StateIlas been dividedinto Health Distii,s with a Medical Officer ofHealth in charge of each. This officer and his staff c4rry out many healtheducation tunctions within their areas. 52 Training courses are provided for the staff of theDepartment and for all professional groups whose functionsinclude health education of the public. Officers of the Department are available toaddress various meetings on health subjects. Displaysfor exhibitions and other visual aid materials are available on request.A theatrette with projection facilities isprovided within the Department as is also a filmlibrary service. Medical Officers of the Department areseconded to Teachers Colleges and are responsible for the teachinQ ofsubjects concerning health and for the medical supervision of students. Ahandbook on school health matters including the control ofinfectious diseases in schools has been prepared by Departmental Officers for distribution by theDepartment of Education to School Principals. Many officers of the Department hold p _t-timeappointments at one or other of theUniversities. Publications: The Department has produced many hundredsof pamphlets, brochures and booklets, covering many aspects of health. These have a verywide distri- ,ution.In addition,itpublishes a quarterly bulletin Health in New South Wales whichisdistributed to over 16,000 doctors, dentists, chemists, local Councils, teachers, etc. A quarterly Newsletter for doctors inalso produced and forwarded to every practising physician in New South Wales.A Handbook for General Practitioners is also forwarded to every doctorin the State and this sets out the functions ant! activities of the Departmentand the services available to practising doctors. Director of Health Education: Dr. S. T. Krister. Address: Department of Public Health, Winchcombe House, 52Bridge Street, Sydney.

DEPARTMENT OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION The Department of Technical Education conducts a network of 59 technical cdlleges scattered throughout the State. Fifteen of thesecolleges are located within the Countyof Cumberland and 44 in major country districts. Associated with these colleges are 126 smallerteaching centres providing instruction in a limited number of courses. In addition, the Department operates four Mobile Instructional Units, inthe form of specially equipped and converted railway carriages, for theteaching of automotive,electrical and mechanical engineeringtrades,and farm tr..:chanics, in areas of the State where no permanent facilitiesexist for the teaching of these subjects. Two mobile units, in the form ofroad caravans, are used for the teaching ofshearing shed expertise. A total of about 600 courses is available through the Department. Students may undertake study in the fields of Applied Electricity, Art, Automotive and Aircraft Engineering, Biological Nence,Building, Chemistry dricl Metallurgy, Commerce, Electrical Engineering,Fashion, Food, Footwear, General Studies, Graphic Arts, Hairdressing,Home Science, Management, Mechanical and Civil Engineering,Mechanical Engineering Trades, Mining Engineering,Navigation, Plumbing and Sheetmetal, Rural Studies, Secretarial Studies, Tailors'Cutting, Textiles and Vehicle Trades. The National Art School, the hcadquarters of which arelocated at East Sydney Technical College,offers Diploma Courses in Graphic Design, Industrial Design, Interior Design, Paintingand Sculpture. A 54 53 for teachers selected Diploma Art (Education )Course is a so available by the Departmentof Ethic, ion. Certificate Courses, whichprovide training of z A wide range of Department. Certificate Courses sub-professional nature,is offered by the train technicians inAutomotive Electrical,Instrument, in Engineering Surveying and Marine, Mechanical,Mining,Production,Structural, In the field ofScience, certificate courses are Electronics Engineering. and in offered in Chemistryand Biology fortechnicians in hospitals laboratories, and in HealthInspection,Electroplating and industrial technician training, Metallurgy. CertificatesCourses are not confined t.o designed to train specialistsin occupations such as however; others are Ceramics, Agriculture,ArchitecturalDraf,:ng,Building, Advertising, Economies, Horticulture, Commerce, CommercialArt, Fashion, Home Management, Hydrography,Librarianship, Manage- Hotel and Catering Plumbing, Textiles, Trans- ment, PersonnelAdministration, Photography, Valuation of Real Estateand Woolciassing. In1969 port Administration, Certificate Coirses in NewSouth there were 32,024students enrolled in Wales. designed to meet theneeds of apprentices in the Trade Courses are Apprenticeship Awards require skilled trades, In NewSouth Wales, most apprentices to attend atechnical college regularlyfor supplementary trade students enrolled in trade courses training, and in 1969there were 30,892 Almost 90 trade courses areavailable in the fields throughout the State. Building, of Applie !Electricity, Automotiveand Aircraft Engineering, Graphic Arts,Hairdressing, MechanicalEngineering, Food, Foot ear, Textiles and Plumbing andSheetmetal, RuralStudies, Tailors' Cutting, 1963, apprenticeshipin certain metal trades was icle Trades. In normally have been tooold to enter extended to youngpeople who would scheme, those up to the ageof 20 years who have training. Under this schooling, or who have completed four or moreyears of secondary experience, may undertakefull-time intensive training appropriate trade training during a shortened in certain trade courses,followed by part-time apprenticeship. its diplor6a, certificateand trade courses, the Depart- In addition to selection of special and ment of TechnicalEducation provides a wide for the majority ofwhich there are nospecific independent courses, requirements; many a: these are educational oroccupational entrance short courses of one year orless. The fields ofstudy include Art, Biological F Ishion, Food,General Studies, HomeScience, Science, Commerce, Studies and Textiles. Management, Navigation,Rural Studies, Secretarial in 1969 these courseshad a student enrolment of74,567. Department of TechnicalEducation cater Courses offered by the employed in a field primarily for part-timestudents, most of whom are of study. Somefull-time courses are provided,in related to their course Wool, and Secntarial Ceramics, Fashion,Matriculation Studies, Sheep and Studies and Tracing. provides an extensive The Department'sCollege of External Studies correspondence educationservice for those who areunable to attend the same classes at a techuical college.Correspondence students follow

55 54 courses andit for the same examinations as students attending a college. A total of 23,335 students were enrolled in these courses in 1969. Publications: The Information ServicesUnitofthe Department of Technical Education i responsible for the production of allpublicationsrelatingto departmentat colleces and courses. Courseleafletsare available from the Admissions and Information Unit, Department of Technical Education, Railway Square, Broadway, N.S.W. 2007. Those requiring further information about courses should contact the Principal of the nearest technical college, or the Admissions and Information Unit. Directlr of Technical Education: Mr. R. E. Dunbar. Department of Technical Education, Farrer Place, Sydney, N.S.W. 2000.

GEOLOGICAL AND MINING MUSEUM The Geological and Mining Museum, an integral part of the New South Wales Department of Mines, was first opened to the public in 1876 in premises in Young Street, Sydney. The collection was moved into the Garden Palace Exhibition Building in the Sydney Domain 1882 but just before this was to be officially opened, it was destroyed by firc and most of the specimens, books and records were lost. A new collection was got together and opened to the public in a temporary building in 1886. After two more moves into other quarters, the collections were moved to the present buildingin 1910. To the late J. C. Came, F.G.S., who was Curator up till 1892 and to the late W. C. Card, A.R.S.M. (London), who held theCuratorship from 1892 till 1927, must go most of the credit for assembling what is the iargest collection of geological specimens available to the public in Austrada. Within the Museum are housed two sections of the Geological Survey of New South Wales the Museum and Education Section and the Specialist Services and Applied Research SeCion. The Museum and Lducation Section has a staff of 17 and is under the control of the Curator of the Museum. It is concerned primarily with the Museum itself and the various education services built round it, but also with the handling of geological and mining enquiries and the processing of assay and identification samples submitted by the general public and, to a certain degree, the mining industry. The Museum has two display floors. The upper d',,play floor is devoted to the mining and exploration industries, and includes displays on the origin and occurrence of ores,mining methods, ore treatment and uses. The lower floor is devoted to earthscience with displays of rocks, minerals and fossils and physical and historical geology. The Museum boasts a library of 100 geological and mining fiims. Regular screenings are held at 2 p.m. on Saturdays and PublicHolidays and 2.30 p.m. on Sundays. During the school holidays, there are sessions at 1.00 p.m. Monday to Friday. These films are notfor loan. Specimen sets of rocks, minerals and fossils are produced at the Museum for sale to the general public anc listribution toNew South Wales Primary and Secondary Schools. A geolo&al education service for schools supervisedby an Education Officer, prov:des rilities for school groupc such as film programmes, lecturettes, demonstration and work sheets.

56 Section maintains The 1 Specialist Servicesand Applied Research specialist ecologists in thefields of petrology,palaeontology and mineralogy who are under thecontrol of the PrincipalResearch Officer. These specialists undertake programmesof applied researchin their specialist fields which lead to thepublication of scientific paperswhich contribute to the understandingof the State's geologyand mineral resources. the public from 9.30 amt.to 5 pm.,Mondays The Museum is open to and from to Fridays, 11 a.m. to4 p.m. on Saturdaysand Public Holidays 2 p.m. to 5 p.m. onSundays. Dr. J. W. Pickett. Curator: to be appointed.Principal Research Officer Phone: 27-4896. Address: 36-64 GeorgeStreet, Sydney, N.S.W. 2000.

THE LIBRARY OFNEW SOUTH WALES of The Library of NewSouth Wales, forrnerlythe Public Library had its origins in theAustralian SubscriptiorLibrary New South Wales, includes founded in 1826. It is amajor reference andresearch library, and in addition to theGeneral Reference Librarythe two notable collections of materials relating toAustralasia and Oceaniaknown as the Mitchell and the DonaldMacPherson Collection ofArt and and Dixson Libraries, and Literature. The totalnumber of volumes,boxes of manuscripts, microfilm reels in the Libraryis in excess of onemillion; this figure does maps and plans,historical not include"non-book" materials such as unbound periodicals, or singlemanuscripts. pictures and photographs, Endovynent provided The principal sourceof income is a Statutory provisions of the Library ofNew South by the StateGovernment under the Wales Act, but there arein addition a numberof private endowments, bequests and trustfunds. daily except ChristmasDay and Good Friday. The Library is open restriction to Admission to theGeneral ReferenceLibrary is without the age of 12 years,but admission to theSpecial Collections persons over is by reader's ticket.The including the Mitchelland Dixson Libraries lends books to supplementthe collections of local Extension Service in country areas public libraries, andprovides a library service for persons of the State without alocal public libraryservice. Publications of theCouncil of the Library ofNew South Wales, some The Sydney Gazetteand New South Wales iddvertiser, in facsimile, inciude William Bradley, The New the journals of JohnEasty and Lieutenant Almanack and ColonialRememberancer, 1806, The South Wales Pocket Post Office Directory, 1832,and New South WalesCalendar and General Wells: A GeographicalDictk 'Ary or Gazeteerof the Australian Colonies William Dixson Foundation);the Endeavour Journal ofSir (all under the biblio- Je ieph Banks; aBibliography of CaptainCook; various other aphies and professionalpublications in librarianship;and reproductions black and white andin colour, of pictures in theMitchell and ; Libraries. :pal Librarian and Secrery: G. D.Richards n, 0.B.E., M.A., F.L.A.A.

LIBRARY BOARD OF N.S.W. Act of 1939, and lateramendments, Shires and Under the Libraries provide free Mnnicipalities are subsidised bythe State Government to 57 56 'ibrary services to a maximum of 45 cents per head of population. 185 Shire and Municipal governments, 62 per cent of the total, providelibrary services either individually, or on a joint or regional basis. There are12 joint or reeional library services in which two or more local bodies co- operate. Total expenditures, including subsidy were at the rateof $1.55 per head in 1970. Total lendings toregistered readers were, 1969-70. 23.5 million books. Address: Secretary, Library Board of N.S.W., 109 Pitt St., Sydney 2000. Phone: 28-5367.

LIBRARY OF N.S.W. ADULT EDUCATION SECTION This library provides books, gramophone recordings,prints and colour slides, primarily for groups and classes organised throughoutNew South Wales by the Department of Adult Education,The University of Sydney, the Department of University Extension, The Universityof New England, and the Workers' Educational Asscciation. Requests for assistance made by recognised groups outsidethese organisations are also met where possible. Staffing is provided by the Library of N.S.W. but finance forbooks, materials and equipment is provided through the Advisory Boardof Adult Education. The current grant from the Board is approximately$20,000 per year. Officer-in-charge: Miss H. Saddington,1st Floor, Griff House, 324 Pitt Street, Sydney, N.S.W. 2000. Phcne: 61-8907.

MACQUARIE UNIVERSITY The University was established by the Macquarie University Act, 1964, which by proclamation commenced on 12th June of that year. Broadly its academic organisation is based on a College of Arts and Sciences, made up of the following Schools Behavioural Sciences; Biological Sciences; Chemistry; Earth Sciences; Economic and Financial Studies; Education; English Studies; Historical, Philosophical and Political Studies; Mathe- matics and Physics; Modern Languages. TeacWng commenced in March, 1967, from which date the Uni- versity has provided courses for full-time and for part-time students, including external students. Candidates for a degree in the University are required to satisfy matriculation requirements. However, a limited number of places exist for persons wishing to undertake studies not leading to degree status, whether they be matriculated in Macquarie University or not. This is subject to accommodation and facilities being available andpermission of the Head of School in which the course is offered based on an assessment of Lie ability of the applicant to benefit from the course. Students are expecte,' to enrol for full-time study, unless forgood and sufficient reason (e.g. place of residence, occupation,etc.) they are unable to do so, in which case they nu' v be permitted to enrol as part- time students. 57 58 Preference for enrolment in courses taughtexternally is given to persons residingoutside the Sydney metropolitan area,which for a is purpose is defined asthe County of Cumberland (excludingthe cities of Campbelltown, Liverpool and Penrith, theShire of Sutherland and the Municipalities of Camden and Windsor The external programme offered byMacquarie University is science- oriented. Students permitted to undertake a programmeof studies made up entirely of externai courses must regkterin one ,;.f the following four schools Biological Sciences. Chemistry. Earth Sciences. Mathematics and Physics. The range of disciplines in whichsuch students may complete a major sequence wholly by externalstudy is limited to the three ScienceSchools, together with the School of Mathematicsand Physics in which they may major in Mathematics and do workin Physics to second year. For external students who wouldwish to add a social-science strand to their studies,the School of BehaviouralSciences offersexternal courses atist, 2nd anu 3rd year level.There is a limited offering in Education, but no possibility ofmajoring in this school externally. These offerings in Education have beenincluded because many external students will be science teachers who,while majoring in one of the sciences, may also wish to study a minorstrand of Education. In some disciplinesit would be necessary for students toattend day or evening courses at 300 level at the University. Most courses available externallyrequire the attendance of the students at short intensive"residential" schools held at the University during the May, August or Januaryvacations. Part-time internal students (i.e. those students able toattend iectures on campus) may findit necessary to attend someday courses. A student who can attendclasses in the evening only, due tooccupational or other reasons, may findthe range of disciplines inwhich he may complete a major sequencerestricted, notably in some sciences. A Part Time StudiesCentre has been set up to handle theadministrative arrangements andspecial procedures necessary for theeffective teaching of part-time students,to provide guidance andassistance where needed and to provide a focalpoint for contact between part-timestudents and the University. The Centreis the main point of contact withthe University for all students taking coursesexternally, and distributes the teaching material prepared bythe Schools of the University responsible for external teaching. The Centrehas a special interest in the develop- melt of teaching aids toattain better student understanding, andaudio- tapes are now generally usedin a high proportion of subjectstaught externally. Their use has beenextended also to evening students in certain courses. It is hoped todevelop additional services designed toenable part-time students to enjoy a morerewarang university life. In particular, special attention isgiven to part-time evening students. Advisory services are available whilemachinery is being developed for keeping these students in contactwith their academic advisers. Xternate methods of teachi udents other than those traditionally

59 followed by universities are being examinedand a numbk-T of teaching experiments are under way in various Schoolsof the Univ The Registrar: Macquarie University, NorthRyde, N.S.W. 2113. Phone: 88-7000.

MUSEUM OF APPLIED ARTS ANDSCIENCES The Museum of Applied Arts andSciences was founded in 1880 and until945 was known as the Sydney TechnologicalMuseum. The original collctions were housed in the GardenPalace Building erected in the Sydney Domain for the Sydney InternationalExhibition of 1879, but were almost whollydestroyed by fire in 1882. The nucleus ofanother collection was immediately formed and washoused temporarily in a building (behind the present Sydney Hospital)until its transfer in 1893 to a new building in HarrisStreet. In 1945 an Act of Parliament defined the functions of the Museum andplaced its control under Trustees in whom its collections are vested, and underthe same Act the older name was abolished, TheTrustees also operate four Branch Museums:at Broken Hill, at Bathurst, at Goulburnand at Albury. The present name of the Museum is an accuratedescription of the subjects corning within its scope the applied arts and the sciences, and its functions, as in other Museums, areresearch and scholarship, and public instruction by means of its displays,special dernonstrntions, publications and other means. The specialdemonstrations are the planetarium, colour television, the "plastic woman"(an anatomical and physiological teaching aid), and the Strasburg Clock model. An educational officer,supporte.: by a staff of guide lecturers, dhects the Museum education programme and isavailable for the assistance of study groups making use of theMuseum's t esources, not only for guided tours but also for the design ofspecial education programmes. Within the Museum staff there is available ageneral background of academic competence within thedifferentdisciplinesrepresented (,hemistry, botany, applied arts, numismatics,engineedng, technology, etc.), and this knowledge may be freelydrawn upon by teachers and students alike. Various publications relating to theMuseum's fields of specialisation are available from the sales counter near themain entrance. Publications: Annual Report, leaflets, booklets, research papers. Director: J. L. Willis, B.A., M.Sc. Address: 659-695 Harris Street, Broadway N.S.W. 2007. Phone:211-3911.

NATIONAL FITNE5S AND RECREATION SERVICE OFN.S.W. The National Fitness and Recreation Service of N.S.W.is a Branch of the Department of Education and providesCommunity Recreation services throughout communities in New South Wales.Associated with the National Fitness and Recreation Serviceisthe National Fitness Council of N.S.W. which is an adl isory body ofpeople appointed by the Minister for Education to advise him onneeds and policies for National Fitness and '.).ecreation in New South Walesand to assist the Director of National Fitness and RecreationService of N.S.W. in the development of community involvement inrecreation projects. 60 Nti The National Fitnessand Recreation Service ofN.S.W. promotes Physical Education andRecreation pursuits in thecommunity generally outside normal school programmes.Italso establishes andconducts National Fitness Campsthroughout New South Walespmviding for State School Camping Programme,Community CampingProgramme and Education Programmes inSports Coaching andCamping Recreation. Also, the Service providesfor swimming classesfor children during the vacation periods and inconjunction with Local Governryientprovides Play Centres during vacationtime for children of school age. A recent developmenthas been the establishmentof the Australian Recreation Leadership Coursewhich provides for RecreationTraining towards career opportunitiesfor those people interestedin Recreation positions in Government, LocalGovernment and privateinstitutions. This Course leads to aDiploma in RecreationLeadership whichis awarded by the Ministerfor Education and Science.At present students from throughout theCommonwealth and South-EastAsia have attended or are attendingthe Course which isconducted at Narrabeen Lakes National Fitness Centre, Publication: .Natioiwl Fitness andRecreation Services Bulletin a bi-annual. Executive Member of Council:Mr. C. L. Bayliss, Director ofNational Fitness and Recreation Service of N.S.W.,M.L.C. Building, Miller Street, NorthSydney 2060.

N.S.W. ASSOCIATIONFOR MENTAL HEALTH An independent,voluntary body subsidised bythe N.S.W. Govern- for the promotion ment, this Associationworks in an educational capacity of mental health in thecommunity. Lectures, Seminarsand Discussion groups are held each yearcovering such areas as parenteducation, aged, relatives of the migrant assimilation,the needs of adolescents, the mentally ill and professionaland industrial groups. Membership is open toall interested persons andorganisations (Annual subscription:$4.00 individual, $7.00 organisations). Publications: Mental Health inAustralia Journal of the N.S.W. Association for Mental Health (Free tomembers; 50c to non-members) andvarious booklets and pamphlets. Executive Secretary: Mrs. P,Watson, Room 110, 182 King Street,Sydney, N.S.W. 200. Telephone: 28-4261.

NEW SOUTH WALES FILMCOUNCIL This Council, located at 55Market Street, Sydney, began as a Documentary and Education FilmCommittee in 1940, being constituted by the Minister for Educationfollowing a visit of John Grierson. It was reconstituted in 1945and again in 1949 when it becamethe N.S.W. Film Council operatingunder the Minister for Education toadvise on documentary andeducational fams, and carry out otherfunctions in this connection. The Council has a libraryof 8,500 films and expends some$45,000 per annum on theacquisition of new films. In 1970/71 itreceived a government grant of $37,000and fees from registered borrowing groups

61 and other incometotalledapproximately $17,000. Films loanedin 69/70 totalled 34,696 (13,148 programmes) to1,092 registered groups. The Council publishes a consolidatedcatalogue and regular supplements, Secretary: Mr. G. W. Flerrick, 3rd Floor, 55Market Street. Sydney, NS.W. 2000.

NICHOLSON MUSEUM OF ANTIQUITIES The Nicholson Museum, foundedin 1860, is the finest Muse-am of Antiquities in this country, and one of thehest University Museums of Antiquities in the British Commonwealth. The Nicholson Museum containsthe following collections: Near Eastern, Egyptian, Cypriot, Greek, Roman,Etruscan and European. It was closed in 1962 for extensivealterations, and formally re- opened in September, 1966. It is open to thegeneral public at no entrance fee from Mondays through Fridays10 a.m. to 4.30 p.m. The highlights of the Near Easterncollection are a very .arly Neolithic plastered skull from Jericho, someimportant carved ivories from Nimrud, and an excellent Assyrianrelief. The Egyptian section includes someextremely interesting pottery and a few fine sculptural pieces, amongwhich are a portrait probably of Horernheb (1339-1304 B.C.) and aMiddle Kingdom portrait head from the Temple of Bubastis in LowerEgypt. The Cypriot section specialises mainly inpottery and is the finest Cypriot collection in the country. The Greek, Roman and Etruscansections include a very early Cycladic figurine hi marble, exquisite Atticblack-figure and red-figure vases, and some fine sculptures. The Europeansectioncontainsarepresentativecollectionof Palaeolithic implements, a good range ofNeolithic and Bronze Age material from the British Isles, and continuesthrough to the post-Roman Saxon period. Although the Nicholson Museum isused mainly as a teaching collection for students of Archaeology, it is open to allmembers of the University of Sydney and to the general public.School groups and other groups are always welcome,by appointment. Curator: Professor A. Cambitoglou. Address: Nicholson Museum of Antiquities, Departmentof Archaeology, University of Sydney, Sydney, N.S.W. 2006. Telephone:660-0522, Extension 2812.

PUBLIC SERVICE BOARD OF N.S.W. The Board provides a substantial number ofinduction and traindng courses, at variouslevels, for officers of the Public Service,including courses for members inspecffic sldlls; in effective reading and in methods of instruction at elementary and advancedlevels. These courses include training in the principles and methodsof group discussion; conduct of conferences, syndicates, seminars andworkshops; the use of case studies and role playing; and methods ofdeveloping training courses.

62 UNIVERSITY OF NEWENGLAND DEPARTMENTOF UNIVERSITY EXTENSION The Tutorial ClassesDepartment, University ofSydney, first attach- Eberle, to the NewEngland UniversityCollege, ed a tutor, Mr. A. his Armidale, in1948. Mr. Eberle, workingunder the direction of Department's Sydney office, and uponthe advice of a localCollege Committee, followed theSydney pattern in organisingand conducting tutorial classes and discussion courses.As well Mr. Eberlefollowed his for graziers own bent andlocal advice in organisingrural science courses in many country centres.He a!so instituted Pnannual, five to ten day residential school for the man onthe land and published thefirst volume of what was to be an annualpublicaiun called Rural ScienceReview. In 1954, the year of Mr.Eberle's untimely death, theCollege became a University and in Augustof that year, Mr. A. J. A.Nelson was appointed Senior Lecturer in charge ofthe new Department r_ifAdult Education. In of Associate 1956, his designation waschanged to Director with the status Professor and a few yearslater the status was raised tothat of Professor. Extension. In 1963 the name ofthe Department waschanged to University unlike other A ustralianUniversities, is located Since the Univorsity, of population, it hashad in the country at adistance from large centres kind of organisationand provision suitable tothe needs to develop the it to establish regional of a widely scatteredpopulation. This has led special emphasis, inits extension programme, toresi- offices and to give development and to adult dential adult education,to rural community education as a field ofstudy and research. at the Universityin The principaloffice of the Departmentis regional offices have beenestablished at Grafton, Armidale. In addition, Port Lismore and Tamworthand a regionaloffice was opened at Macquarie early inOctober, 1970. work is well known.Throughout the year, it serves The Department's Wales with a wide range the rural communitiesof Northern New South extension programmes,and, through itsresidential proof university during vacations, it provides aservice grammes,held at the University which has come tobe nationally known andused. arranged bearing in mind The programmesof the regional offices are vocational and communityneeds of the people of theregions the cultural, appreciation, geology, rural served. For example,in1969, musical effective reading, studymethods, parent education, sociology, local history, and economics of the g.1- the Australian novel,the ecology, incidence marketing of agriculturalproducts and choral training vanised burr, the regional were among awide range of subjectsoffered from the Namoi centre at Tamworth. regional offices are concerned notonly with the The staff of the inembers of the public. offering of universityextension courses directly to Their overall concernis with the developmentof communities with a favourable orientation tolearning, and, to this end,they aim, where appropriate, to aid theeducational work of othczorganisations. Members of the Armidaleoffice are responsible for the programme provided for the NewEngland Tablelands Region,the residential schools programme and a groupstudy programme. Theresidential schools programme, which is thelargest of its kind inAustralia, has enrolled as many

63 as 2,000 students in a single year.The quality of teaching in the schools is such that they have achieved high reputation. Special emphasis has been tothecreativearts,literature,ruralscience andrural economics and vocationalrefresher activities. For example, in1970, Summer Residential Schools included programmes onpainting, drama, poetry, creative embroidery, Asianmusic, chamber music, American literature, communication, youth leadership,Indonesia and rural women's organisations, with refresher courses for nurses and lawyers.A number of the Department's residential seminars such as the 1969 Seminar on Drought have been of considerable national importance.Others have been international in scope and participation. The development of a worthwhile programmeof correspondence discussion and study group activity is of crucial importance to adepartment which must deal with people inisolated communities at a distance from centres of higher education. The department'swork in this area is developing and it has had some interesting and successfulexperience of the use of radio as an aid to discussion group activity. Students taking the Diploma in Education on theFaculty of Educa- tion at the University may elect to specialise in adulteducation. The teaching of adult education in the diploma course is providedby members of the Armidale office. Members of the Department have done someinteresting experimental work in relation to the development in. ruralcommunities. Examples of such activities are a community developmentproject undertaken in the Clarence Valley, "self surveys" undertaken by men on theland in the New England Tablelands on such subjectsas land settlementand dingo infestation, a rural development project in theBannockburn Valley near Inverell and current attempts to promote grouplearning by increasing the amount of work demanded from study grout) members. As is appropriate the emphasis in experimentalwork is on learning rather than formal teaching and on the development ofwhat Carl Rogers has described as a "much broader thoughtfullydevised environment for learning where the experiences of the student will be chanenging,reward- ing, afiumative and pleasurable."The Department's community-orientated work has strong community support and it has had financial supportfrom government, primary industry and commerce. Thisshould not be taken to indicate that its primary aim is economic development, for thoughit has undoubtedly had an important influence on economicdevelopme!it, its primary concern is with the quality of life in rural areas,the improvement of communication and personal relationships between peopleand education through participation in community life. The Department's programmes are planned with aview to ensuring not only that there isintra-departmental co-operation on particular projects, but also that the University plays anappropriate and effective role in the total and diverse provision of rural adulteducation in northern New South Wales aild beyond. Director Mr. A. J. A. Nelson, DepartrnrAt ofUniversity Extension, University of New England, Armidale, N.S.W. 2351(Tel. 2911). Assistant Director Mr. A. C. M. Howard, Departmentof University Extension. University of New England, Armidale, N.S.W. 2351(Tel. 2911). Grafton: Mr. F. V. Wigham, Lecturer, Department ofUniversity Extension, P.O. Box 284, Grafton 2460.

64 Lismore: Mr. F. V. Bitmead,Senior Lecturer, Department ofUniversity Extension, P.O. Box 201, Lismore, N.S.W.2480. Port Macquarie: Mr. E. J.Pearse, Lecturer, Deportment ofUniversity Extension, P.O. Box 105, Port Macquarie,N.S.W. 2444. ofUniversity Tarnworth:Mr.W. G. Maddox, SeniorLecturer,Department Extension, P.O. Box 591. Tamworth,N.S.W. 2340.

THE UNIVERSITY OF NEWENGLAND DEPARTMENT OF EXTERNAL STUDIES The University of NewEngland establisheditsDepartment of External Studies at thebeginning of 1955. The yearcommenced with art enrolmentof 334 external students in coursesleading to the Bachelor of Arts Degree and 29in the Diploma in Education.In 1970 the total enrolment exceeded 3,000and already 1,492 externalstudents have completed their degree wholly orpartly by external study, 686have completed the Diploma inEducation and 142 the Diploma inEducational Ad ministrati on. External enrolments are limited toresidents of New SouthWales, except that a small quotais accepted from other Statesof the Common- wealth in courses leading tothe Diploma in EducationalAdministration. All external students mustnormally be over the age of20 years on enrolment. Approximately 80 percent of the externalenrolment are school teachers while abouttwo thirds of the totalenrolment are teachers from the New SouthWales Department of Educationseeking a tertiary qualification or a postgraduatediploma for advancement intheir profession. Full responsibility for allexternal and internal teaching restswith the full-time teachingdepartments of the University.The Director of External Studies is responsiblefor the administration andco-ordination of the External StudiesScheme, but he has no directteaching responsibility. The courses cfferedexternally are exactly the same asthe corresponding courses offeredinternally. Parity of standards asbetween external has been achieved by layingdown requirements and internal students It is not which all students mustsatisfy in order to complete a course. only necessary to pass theannual examinations butduring the year an eKternal student mustsubmit written assignmentsand other work to the satisfaction of the Head ofthe teaching departmentconcerned and attend compulsory vacationschools at the University.A student who does not- satisfy any one ofthese three basic requirementsfails in the course. Exemption is not given fromessential course requirementsbut sympathetic consideration is given tostudents who find themselvesin unforeseeable difficulties throughillness, accident or otherexceptional circumstances. In such casesextensions of time may be givenfor the submission of written work. During the year lecturers from theUniversity and senior officers of the Department of ExternalStudies visit students in their home towns far meetings and week-endschools. Students are encouraged towrite through the Department of ExternalStudies to lecturers, seeking advice in their studies. In order to ensurethat the requirements a studentsand teachers are met to the maximumpossible extent, it is the responsibility

1.0 65 of the Director and staff of the Department of ExternalStudies to effect close liaison with the academic departments of theUniversity and to provide advisory services and information to students. Senior Officers: Director: Howard Sheath, B.Sc., B.E. (Syd ), F.A.C.E Assistant Directors: H. G. Morgan, B.E, (Syd.), B.A. (Melb.); K. C Smith, B.A., Dip.Ed.Admin. Administrafive Officer: L. E. Sisley.

UNIVERSITY OF NEW SOUTH WALE DIVISION OF POSTGRADUATE EXTENSION STUDIES The University Council in accordance with its policy of expanding in the extra-mural area, created lite position of Co-ordinator of Post- graduate and Extension Studies in September, 1960. One of the responsibilities of this officer was to develop the Division of Postgraduate Ex- tension Studies including the University Radio and Television stations. Radio University commenced broadcasting courses in May, 1961, following a successful application for a radio licence; a UHF TV licence was granted in November, 1962. Thefirst university television transmission was arranged in March, 1963, this being demonstrations of surgical operations in colour. The Division moved to specially-designed premises in March, 1963, which include seminar room, studios, workshops and office space. Th3 Council of the University controls all financial mattersthrough the Vice-Chancellor, while academic activities are underthe jurislicfion of the Professorial Board. The salaried staff,all located at the University, Kensington, New South Wales, are: Co-ordinator; one senior Producer; oneProducer; one secretary to Co-ordinator; four Office Assistants; oneStation Manager; one Radio Technician-in-charge;two RadioTechnicians;one TV Technician-in-charge. Radio and TV transmitters are operating in Sydney. Activities cover postgraduate and professional refresher courses and school-university bridging courses. Fee-paying enrolments for 1969 were: Postgraduate Radio and TV, 1,971; Tape correspondence, 1,455; Bridging courses, 670 making a total of 4,096. Tape correspondence courses are provided for groupsof people who are beyond range of theradio station.

University grant for materials .... 12,000 Income from fees 23,270 35,270 The Division is represented through its head on the NewSouth Wales Advisory Board of Adult Education. Since the formation of the Division by theUniversityat the beginning of 1961, the main emphasis has beeneducation by means of the techniques of modern masscommunication media. This is not to say that the activities are to be directedtowards mass audiences only; on the contrary, the use of radioand television has been found to be economical for quite small spedalised audiences. Education broadcasting by its nature andapplication falls between

66 the correspondence courseand the typical universitylecture course to a large class; it has been found overthe past years that forteaching certain subject matter it is superior toboth. The radio and tape coursesrequire carefully-prepared notes to provide the visualcommunication channel. In generalthese notes consist of diagrams, equations andreferences (the material that isnormally shown on the blackboard exceptthat labelling needs to bethorough), and the student makes his own personalnotes a3 the radio lectureprogresses. A student may also contact Idslecturer during the course bytelephone or at one of the senlinarsheld during the course todiscuss difficulties he may have with the material. Itis clear that courses involvinglaboratory work cannot be treated in this way.However, it is estimatedthat over half of normal postgraduate extension coursesare suitable, or canbe adapted, for radio transmission. Lectures are recorded on tapeif they are to be delivered morethan once or atinconvenient times, e.g., visiting overseasauthorities have been persuaded to prepare a set of notesand a tape-recording to beplayed at times convenient for thetimetable. Each TV andRadio course has one or more seminarsheld at the University. Head of Division: AssociateProfessor D. Broadbent, Divisionof Pot-tgraduate Extension Studies, Universityof New South Wales, PD. Box1. Kensington, N.S.W. 2033. Phone: 663-0351. Senior Produce': Mr. J. H. Shaw. Producer: Mr. T. Keulemans. Administrative Officer: Mr. J. K. Hurley.

NIVERSITY OF NEW SOUTHWALES INSTITUTE OF LANGUAGES The Institute was establishedin 1968 to provide courses inforeign languages to anyonewithin the University and membersof the general public. It offers a varietyof courses ranging from intensivefull time courses to those ofshort duration; elementary andbeginners, intermediate or more advancedand special courses to meetspecific requirements. These developing an ability to speak courses areconducted with an emphasis on and understand alanguage, with reading andwriting a secondary consideration. Courses of fromfour to 28 weeks duration areprovided in Japanese, Russian, French,Indonesian, Chinese, in a 28-week course. Two courses in English areprovided, full and part-time.Courses in SpaMsh, German andother languages are offered on requestto meet specific requirements. Director: Mr. A. J. Garrick, Unive" y of N.S.W., P.O. Box 1, Kensmgto1i20 Phone: 660-0351.

UNIVERSITY OF SYDNEY,DEPARTMENT OF ADULT EDUCATION The Department of AdultEducation in the University of Sydney was established in 1964 by theamalgamadon of the then existMg agencies of the University concernedwith adult education, the Departmentof Tutorial Classes (establishedin 1914) and the ExtensionBoard (established in 1892).

67 The Iwo boards exercisingsupervision of the two sides of the.Depart- ment's work continue in existence.Both are appointed by theUniversity Senate. The Joint Committee forTutorial Classes consists of five exofficio members (the Chancellor, the DeputyChancellor, the Vice Chancellor,the Deputy Vice Chancellor and the Director), oneFellow of the Senate, two members nominated by the ProfessorialBoard, three members ofthe academic staff of the Department, fourmembers nominated by the W.E.A. of N.S.W., one member of theExtension Board, and one member nominated unanimously by the abovemembers. The Extension Board consists of the same five ex officio members,four Fellows of the Senate,four members of the University teachingstaff nominated by the Professorial Board, three members of the academicstaff of the Department, one member of the Joint Committee, and not morethan eight other members least two of whom may not beeither Fellows of the Senate ormembers of the University teaching staff.The Director of the Departmentis ex officio secretary to both boards. Salaried staff, excluding thoseemployed on Aboriginal andadult education, consist of the director,assistant director, nine seniorstaff tutors, five staff tutors, nineteenadministrative and clerical officers. One senior staff tutor, two staff tutors and twoclerical officers are located at Newcastle; one staff tutor is responsiblefor each of the following centres: Orange, Wollongong and Wagga;while the rest are engaged in theSydney work of the Department. In addition asenior staff tutor, a staff tutor, two research assistants, four field officersand two clerical officers are engaged on the Department's twoAboriginal adult education projects.Head- quarters is in the MackieBuilding, close to the University ofSydney campus. Revenue, 1969 . j,895 University Grant .. Government Grants Advisory Board of AdultEducation 62,360 For C.A.B. (Federal) 9,500 Student Fees 88,996 Income from Publications .... 42,268 Expenditure $388,132 Expenditure shown excludes special grants forAboriginal adult education. The Tutorial Classes Programme wasestablished under an arnend- ment to the University and UniversityColleges Act in 1912 which allowed the University to provide tutorial classeswhich were to be financed by a special grant. A Director of Tutorial Classes wasappointed by the Senate of the University in late 1913, and in early1914 a Joint Comnfittee for Tutorial Classes was appointed by the Senate, as anancillary body to the Extension Board. In 1918 the Joint Committeebecame independent of the Extension Board, reporting direct tothe Senate. Classes and study groups began in early1914. The work developed rapidly duringthe war years and in the early1920s, but expansion in the 1920s and 1930s was restricted by the fixed grant and theUniversity's inability to contribute additional funds. An Assistant Director wasappointed in 1918 and in the early 1920s staff tutors were appointed atBroken Hill and Newcastle. Further appointments of staff tutors weremade in 1946 and subsequent years. From 1920 to1937 the number of classes providedeilch year averaged about 51 and 57 with a studentenrolment varying between 1,600 and 2,000 each year. In 1938 theDiscussion Group scheme wasinitiated, in 1946 the Kits scheme,both enabling country work to beexpanded. In January, 1952, the Departmenttook over from the CommonwealthOffice of Education the printing anddistribution of the Current AffairsBulletin, which had been edited in theDepartment since its inception in1942 as an important part ofthe Army Education Service. Newdevelopments in 1961 were: day release counicS forindustry in liberal studies; theDoor- way to Knowledgeseries of TV Educational courses(in conjunction with Channel 9 and the Workers' EducationalAssociation); and the Common- wealth Literary Fund lectures inAustralian Literature. In 1961-62 some experimental work in Aboriginal adulteducation was sufficiently en- couraging to warrant the secondmentfrom the Department of Education of an officer with specialqualifications in this field. In 1966this position was made part of thepermanent establishment ofthe Department. In 1966 a number ofThree-Year Intensive Courses wereestablished, in which the students were required to accept anobligation to do systematicreading and written work over the three-yearperiod. There are 120-130 part-time tutorsusually employed for ten or more class sessions, or in discussion courses.Most classes are In liberal studies, but there are a few in fine artsand physical sciences. Belowis the picture for 1969: Sessions Classes Enrolments 25-30 20 432 18-24 39 1,368 1,648 10.15 68 IntensiveCours s25 39 949 166 4,397 first-year classes, six second-year,- nine One hundred and forty-five were thkd-year and six fourth-year. Discussion courses provide a wide rangeof subjects in liberal studies and the arts.In 1969 there were 282discussion groups, taking 467 courses with 4,669enrolled. Twenty-two week-end and summerschools had an enrolment of 725,while there were 5 non-residentialschools and gatherings with 229 enrolled. In1969, by mutual arrangement, theKit courses, provideduntil then by the Department, weretransferred to the W.E.A. In 1968 111 Kit groups, with1,242 members had taken courses. The Department'stelevision programme is now solely arrangedby the Department and produced onChannel 7. It is now named Television Tutorial and appears for two hours onSunday mernings throughout the year, each programmebeing divided into six segmentswhich continue for a term -of thirteensessions. Some series have beenre-transmitted by stations in other States. The Department provides aTutors' Reference Library of some7,000 books and a wide range of periodicals.The books supplied to classes and groups conducted by theDepartment and the W.E.A. are providedby the Adult Education Section of the. Libraryof N.S.W, In its Tutorial Classes programme, theDepartment works in close conjunction with the Workers' EducationalAssociation of New South Wales, the Department providing the tutorsfor classes which are organised by the W.E.A. In residential schoolsthe two bodies also work closely together on these lines. The Departmentprovides and organises discussion courses and publicationsindependently; while the W,E.A. itself provides a large class programmepreliminary or supplementary to tutorial classes, and now handles Kit courses. The UniversityExtension programme is also, of course, conducted independently ofthe W.E.A. The Department is represented on theAdvisory Board of Adult Education from which its major external grantincome is derived. In 1943- 45 an Advisory Adult EducationCommittee set up by the Minister for Education under the iirmanship of the Director-General ofEducation, secured ;ncreased State grants for theexpansion of adult education, thus enabling the Department to appoint additionalfull-time staff, and provide wore classes by part-time tutors.In 1945 this Committee became the Advisory Board of Adult Education, andcontinued to make yearly grants to sustain the expansion begunin 1944. Rising costs in the subsequent years have barely beenmatched by increases in grants. As a resultthe rate of expansion after 1950 slowed down. The Department works closely with theAdult Education Section of the Library of N.S.W., also a memberof the Advisory Board of Adult Education. It also co-operates with a numberof other voluntary bodies, such as the C.W.A., in providingdiscussion courses, and occasional schools and conferences. It provides a numberof courses for industrial and commercial firms, through its discussion courses,day release courses and liberal studies courses for management. The general aim s. of the Department are toprovide opportunities for continuous and intensive study by thetutorial class method; to experiment with teaching methods and materials; toreach (by means of discussion courses) small rural groups tooisolated to be provided with tutorial classes; and by the use of schools, conferencesand publications, to provide opportunities for further intensive study. In itsteaching the Department has concentrated in the broad field ofliberal studies the humanities and the arts, the social and physicalsciences. These methods have had some success. A highproportion of tutorial class students continuein classes for at least three years; morethan a third of all discussion groups continue into a fourth year; finally 50 per centof the total number of classes and groups and 40 per cent oftotal enrolments come from outside the Sydney metropolitan area. The day release courses for young workers inindustry,liberal studies courses for management andprofessional groups, and the TV sessions, have pointed the way to new methods ofreaching individuals who for various reasons have not usually enrolled intutorial classes. Though the Department has always beeninterested in developing educational activities among trade unionists, untilrecently its efforts met with only sporadic success. Since 1966,however, courses have been successfully arranged in Newcastle and Wollongong on a partday-release basis, as the result of co-operation among the Department,unions, employers and the Commonwealth Bank (whichin some cases reimbursed students for loss of wages). These courses appeared tobe establishing a new pattern that could have someenduring success. Extension lectures were begun in the University abcrit78 years ago. Just over 70 years ago the University set upthe Extension Board to organise extension activities. For most of its existence, the ExtensionBoard has been concerned mainly with arranging single lectures and short coursesin a wide range of subjects for various organisations at their request,with arranging public lectures by distinguished visitors to theUniversity and a number of en- 60' dowed lectures within theUniverElty, some of thesebeing published in accordance with the terms ofthe endowment. it also,especially in more recent years, arranged anumber of courses, some of apost-graduate character, for particularprofessional groups. With the merging of theUniversity Extension programmeinto the work of the Department, andwith the appointment in1966 of a member of staff to work full-time onthe programme (it hadpreviously been a part-time responsibility of amember of the bternal academicstaff), pro- community have beengreatly expanded. visions for special groups in the arranged, a In 1969 three one-daysymposia for senior executives were o-day symposium on localgovernment for aldermenand officials, two symposia for primaryproducers, two fortnight-longrefresher courses for agricultural scientists, afive-day post-graduate schoolfor architects, two management schools forexecutives, one running foreight days, the other for ten, two 12-lecture courses onlaw for engineers, and aseries of seminars for voluntarycommunity service workers.Interstate enrolments courses and theproceedings were receivedfor a number of the professional of many of the symposia werepublished, the sales, throughoutAustralia, being usually about 700copies. In 1969, as a result ofincreased grants from theN.S.W. Govern- ment, assistance from theCommonwealth Governmentand a special five- action- year grant frornthe Bernard Van LeerFoundation, of Holland, the Aborigines was greatlyexpanded. The research of the Department among into Van Leer grant wasfor the purpose ofconducting action-research Family Education Centres amongAborigines, the the development of but envisaged Centres being originallypre-schools conducted by parents, education at all ages and levels.A staff as eventuallyserving as centres for of five have beenappointed for this work,and at the same time the Department's original workM community andleadership education, with associated projects, hasalso been expanded, fivestaff members also being engaged in this area. Bulletin is published atfortnightly intervals; a 16-page Publications: Current Aftairs single subject in each issue onnational or inter- publication, dealing with a about 40,000 and it national topics. Averagecirculation per issue (1969) was circulates in all AustralianStates, New Zealand and some40 other countries. include: Australia's Resources andtheir Utilisation;Aspects Other publications Australia; Some Papers of Australian Government;Politics at Stale Level in Adult Education. Director Dr. D. W.Crowley, Department of AdultEducation, University of Sydney 2006. Regional Officers: Newcastle: Mr. J. IV. Turner, 12Bolton Street, Newcastle, N.S.W. 2300. Wagga Wagga: Mr. W.Hooper, Box 315, P.O., WaggaWagga NS.W. 2650. Orange: Mr. 1C-; B. Lareombe.Box 583, P.O., Orange, N.S.W.2800. WolIonlong: 79 Corrimal Street,Wollongong, N.S.W. 2500.

WORKERS' EDUCATIONALASSOCIATION OF NEW SOUTH WALES in The Workers' EducationalAssociation of N.S.W. was established 1913, after a visit to Australiaby Albert Mansbridge, who hadfounded the Association in the U.K. in1903. He actively assistedMr. David Stewart and a committee of theN.S.W. Labor Council indrafting a con- Mr. stit' tion which followed veryclosely that of its English counterpart. David Stewart became Secretaryand remained in that positionuntil his death in 1954. 71 From the beginring the Assu-iation sought theco-operation and support of the University and ofthe State Government. The University established a Department of Tutorial Classesin 1914 which works with the Workers' Educational Association by meansof a joint committee appointed by the University Senate, onwhich both bodies are represented. From the very early years the State Governmentsupported the Association's work and in 1943 the provision of an increased measureof financial support both to the Association and to theUniversity's Depart- ment of Tutorial Classes made possible acchisiderable expansion in the scale of activities which has continued eversince. As far as the W.E.A. is concerned growth has been most pronouncedsince 1055. Its student body has more than doubled in this period.In 1969 the total enrolment was 11,104 and individual membership had grown to6,231. In addition to the 166 classes organised for the Departmentof Adult Education of the University of Sydney in 1969, theAssociation itself arranged 152 classes, ranging in length from 10 weeks to40 weeks. Enrolment in the classes arranged in associationwith the University was 4,972 and in the independent W.E.A. classes 6,132. In addition to classes the association also arranged numerouspublic lectures, residential and non-residential schools andeducational conferences. The Association maintains its own residential schoolfacilitiesat Newport, north of Sydney. This school was esmblished in1925 and plans for its replacement by a more modern residential centre arecurrently being prepared. Regular residential schools are also held atthe Mitchell College of Advanced Education in Bathurst. During 1969 the Educational Kit group scheme previously conducted by the University of Sydney was transferred to theW.E.A. and 24 groups functioned under W.E.A. auspicesin that year. A lending library is maintained in Sydney,having a total of 15,000 books and periodicals available to W.E.A. membersand all students in metropolitan Tutorial or W.E.A. classes. A successfulbook-shop (The Temple Bookshop) is operated in Newcastleby the Hunter Regional Council of the W.E.A. In Sydney a major city property development is under wriyin Bathurst Street for the Metropolitan RegionalCouncil. This new bu;.ding designed to W.E.A. needs will becompleted in July, 1971, and will accommodate lecture and seminar rooms, lending libraryplus metropolitan and state offices. The building comprises seven storeys plus twoear-parking bake- ments, and will be air conditioned andcarpeted throughout. Initially a considerable part of the space will bc leased forcommercial offices, but as the W.E.A.'s own spacerequirements increase, further areas will be incorporated in the Adult Education Centre. Estimated cost ofthe project is $865,000; basic capital to make thisdevelopment possible came from the proceeds of the sale of another city propertythe value of which doubled in the twelve months it was owned by theW.E.A. Permanent regional centres are alsomaintained in Newcastle and Wollongong. The Newcastle Adult EducationCentre is currently being expanded by the acquisition of an adjoining propertyand the construction of an auditorium. The main governing bodies are theState Annual Conference and State Executive. The function of thelatter, which is made up of representa-

72 work of Regional Councils,to tives of regional bodies,is to co-ordinate the participate in the appointmentof allocate Governmentand other grants, to and to deal with any mattersaffecting the movement as executive officers administer the activities andbusiness a whole.Three Regional Councils of the Associationin their respective areas. Salaried staff consistsof General Secretary,Metropolitan regional mgional secretary, Hunterregional secretary, assistant secretary, Illawarra accountant, house- metropolitan secretary,librarian, bookshop manager, keeper, caretakerand fourteen clerical andsales staff. with the Department ofAdult Education ofthe For the relationship 67. The Association University of Sydney, seeentry for that body on page Education through which is represented on thei-Ax isory Board of Adult its annual grant isreceiveJ. Eighty tradeunions and other bodies are affiliated to the Association. and methods or theAssociation may be sum- The continuing aims control by marised as follows: (a)independence from attachment to or organisations; (b) the encouragementof voluntary, political parties or other aspects of its work- democratic participation ofstudents and members in all free discussion ofpublic issues, howevercontroversial; (c) the fostering of study (d) the widest provisionof opportunities forserious and sustained of inquiry, withspecial emphasis on historyand the by adults in all fields vigour if These objectives havebeen pursued with equal social sciences. preserved its independence, some- not equal success.The Association has of severe attack; itcontinues to run ondemocratic lines; mes in the face often on topics which it has organised manydiscussions of public issues, reluctant to deal with; ithas increased the rumber other organisations were without a noticeable loweringof of courFes andsecured more students, standards. Income and Expenditurefor 1969 Expenditure 58,216 Salaries Administrative Expenses 26,522 Expenses 34,094 Direct Educational 33,199 Premis es 1,328 Publications 24,129 Other $177,488 me 66,780 Government Grants 60,485 Fees . Non-Itcidential Schools 11,863 Residential and 14,827 Rents Other 23,533 $177,488 is published in May Publications: Annual Report forthe previous calendar year each year. Highway has been suspended Publication of the quarterlyjournal The Australian published ten-Torarily; a four-page tabloidnews-sheet W.EA. News is now 8 times yearly. published occasionally, and a newseries of Other books and pamphlets are beginning W.E.A. Monographs will commencepublication twice yearly from the of 1971. General Secretary: Mr. C. F.Bentley, 259 Clarence Street,Sydney, N.S.W. 2000 Tel.: 29-8005. Metropolitan Regional Secretary: Mr.P. J. Tyler, 259 ClarenceStreet, Sydney. N.S.W. 2000. Tel.: 29-2222. West, N.S.W. Hunter Regional Secretary: Mr. R.G. Smith, Box 170, P.O., Newcastle 2302. Tel.: 2-1666. Illawarra Regional Secretary: Mrs.11. R. Young, 79 Corrimal Street,Wollongong, N.S.W. 2500. Tel.: 2-2678. 72 73 NORTHERN TERRIMY

Education in the Northern Territory has been the responsibility of the South Australian Education Department in conjunction with the Educa- tion Section of the Welfare Branch of the N.T. Administration. TwoAdult education centres have been provided for the past ten years bySouth Australia, in Darwin and Alice Springs. Enrolments have tripled over the past five years at the Darwin Centre,which provides: tutorials for external students of Queensland University; secondary education for those wholeft school early; trade courses, and a variety of courses in continuinged.lea- tion. The rapid growth of Darwin, the population of which has risen to 32,000 in 1970, and is expected to reach 50,000 by the mid-1970s has led to the preparation of plans for a Community College., the first of its kind in Australia. It is expected to be open in early 1974. This College will cater for business education; technical and Irades training and post trades training; extension and in-service training; tuition for external students of tertiary institutions; and continuing education andcultural activities. The college will be designed not only for its vocational course work, but to afford special facilities in the continuing education field. In addition to this provision, which in the course of the next few years, will be transferred with othereducational institutions to the Com- monwealth Department of Education and Science, the Education Section, Welfare Branch of the N.T. Administration, is responsible for agreatly expanded programme of Aboriginal adult zducation. In 1969 there were 22 adult education centres in theTerritory catering for adult Aboriginals. Eleven of these were onAboriginal settle- ments; seven at Community Centres; two atMission stations; one on a pastoral property; and one, in the vacations, for residentialadult courses, at Kormilda College. The Courses providedinclude: basic education and literacy courses; civics; music; and trade and domestic arts courses. In five Centres in the Arnhem Land region, courses in theBurera language are also conducted, with both Aboriginal andEuropean teachers; and in three of these centres, there are also courses in Aboriginal artsand crafts, song and dance. There has been a steady increase in enrolments, and in total teaching hours at all Centres. At Kormilda College, which is a residential Secondary school for Aboriginal children, vacation courses are provided for adults in: leadership literacy courses, speechtraining for Aboriginal Teaching Assistants, and other adult education courses. A twelve months' course is also provided for Aboriginal TeacherAssistants, who bring theL families into residence with them,and their wives may undertake courses in the domestic arts and other subjects. Plans arein view for two or more such colleges in other parts of theN.T. The Summer Institute of Linguistics, which has its Australianhead- quarters in Darwin, has been working on literacyin the vernacular in various areas of N.T. since 1963. Other independent linguistsand teachers at several Missions have alsoworked on some of the 70 main languages, none of them written, of theTerritory.

74 project involving a study ofthe eth o-technology A special research led to the setting up of a of the Aboriginal, andof clays in the N.T., has Processing Unit at Bagotwhere Teacher Assistants Ceramic Pottery and trained are trained inceramics and teachingmethods and other adults are as artist potters. N,T, Administration, Address: Assistant DirectoriEducation), Welfare Branch, Darwin, N.T. 5794. Darwin Education Centre,Box 433, P.O., Darwin,N.T. 5794. P.O.,AliceSpr;ngs, AliceSpringsEducation Centre(Adults),Box 795, N.T. 5750.

75 QUEENSLAND

THE ARTS COUNCIL OF AUSTRALIA QUEENSLAND DIVISION A voluntary organisation receiving an annual grantof $10,000 from the Queensland Government to present artisticactivities throughout the State. From Brisbane, major tours of professional drama,ballet, opera and marionettes are organised aixl toured througl- country areas.Art exhibitions, solo artists and lectures are alsoorganised for country tours. An Annual Vacation School of Creative Arts is heldin August of each year at the University of Queensland with courses indrama, painting, sculpture, design, creative writing and modern dance. Frce lunch-time lectures and film screenings are held in theBrisbane metropolitan area. Branch Committeesexist in over 25 country towns, and as well as making local arrangements forprofessional companies, sponsor amateur performancesand arrange programmes of play reading, recording music, films and little theatre. president: Dr. Gertrude Langer, Ph.D. State Secretary: Mr. Paul Neville. Registered Office: 262 Queen Street, Brisbane, Qld. 4000.

BOARD OF ADULT EDUCATION This Board, appointed by the Governor-in-Council in September, 1944, was the first of its kind in Australi?It is empowered "to manage and control the expenditure of all moneys allocated to it for AdultEduca- tion purposes and, subject to the Minister, to organise, superviseand generally direct such activities for Adult Education as maybe approved." It consists of 13 members representing the EducationDepartment, the University, unions of employees and associations of employers.The chairman is the Director-General of Education. The Board has defined its goal as the "provision of facilitiesthrough- out Queensland by which adults may be encouraged totake part in the cultural and pubfic life of the community", without duplication of courses already available through the Un:versity, Technical Colleges orHigh Schools. It does not conduct examinations, although it could do sounder the terms of the Act. Thc salaried staff consists of a supervisor, seven district organisers, seven assistantdistrict organisers, senior clerk, librarians and clerk-typists. They are public servants. Headquarters are at Brisbane,and district centres are at Cairns, Townsville, Mackay, Rockhampton,Maryborough and Toowoomba. There is a staff sub-centre at Bundaberg. Tnedistrict organising staff visit surrounding towns, being provided with cars todo this. They do some lecturing, but most of the teaching is done bypeople employed on a part-time basis. Some form- of Adult Education was provided in 300 places in Queensland in 1969. It wai free of charge to the student, the full cost being borne by the Board from itsParliamentary appropriation. There were, in 1969, cver 10,000 lectures andclass-meetings, includ-

76 ing several courses inreading for greater comprehensionand speed, English literature and drama, foreignlanguages, current affairsand scientific subjects, and 1,700 educationalfilm screenings were held, manyin remote places. Attendance at allactivities numbered 350,000. It isdifficult to say exactly how many people werereached, since enrolment is notmade unless Public lectures are open to all- a regularweekly series is to be undertaken. corners. In Brisbane over5,000 persons enrolled inclasses. Courses last in general for three termsof 12 weeks each, but some areof one term's duration only, while a fewhave a second year available at ahigher level. The Board also co-operateswith the University of Queenslandand single public with the CommonwealthLiterary Fund in arranging many lectures in large and small townsthroughout the State. TheSupervisor is the University's public lecturecommittee and the district a member of given by organisers make the necessarylocal arrangements for the lectures University staff-members.Usually about 90 lectures aregiven throughout the State in a year underthis agreement. About 25public lectu-es on Australian Literature aregiven by twe people who arethemselves writers of Australian standing.The cost is borne by theCommonwealth Literary Fund. Residential Schools are notheld, but from time to timenon-residential week-end courses in drama, art,and other subjects are heldin country towns. Usually 30-40people take part in, anintensive two-day course. The number of amateurdramatic societies in Queenslandhas at least been doubled owing to theefforts of the Board's staff, manyof whom are enthusiastic in this field. Whatoften happens is that talks ondrama are given as a result of inquiriesfrom people interested informing a dramatic district organiser undertakes thepreliminary organisa- society. Sometimes a is engaged. But the tion and instruction;sometimes a well-known producer newly-formed society is anautonomous body, for theBoard's policy is to assist, not to direct. Theformation of and assistance to suchsocieties is the most practical wayof fostering anunderstanding of drama in a State companies have rarely had of this size, where,because of distance, touring financial success. Othersocieties have also been formedwith the Board's help; field naturalists%historical, philatelic and writers' groups. Radio stations, particularlyin country towns, are mostco-operative, These take the form of and many educationalbroadcasts have been made. panel discussions, talksand reports of lectures. InFar North Queensland regular telecasts aregiven by arrangement withFar Northern Telecasters. A-number of newspapers havealso assisted geatly byfeaturing regularly a report.of localAdult Education activities. Good cb-operation existsbetween the Board and other bodiesengaged having quite the in community activities.There is no other organisation same aims, theWorkers' Educational Associationhaving wound up in 1950. Excellent links exist withthe British Information Office, thevarious Consulates, the CountryWomen's Association, debatingsocieties and similar bodies. The Board isgreatly helped by local advisorycommittees in a number of country towns. The amount spent onAdult Education in the year1969-70 was $237,922, of which overhalf comprised staff. salaries. Thebulk of the remainder comprised fees topart-time lecturers, travelling expenses,hall- hire and advertising. There was noincome, all courses being free.

77 The Board has now been in existence 26 years,and the steady expansion of its work gives yearly proof that it isproviding facilities which the public, particularly those who live inisolated places, greatly appreciate. At first there was a discernible reluctance onthe part of many "to go back to school", but by providing courses insubjects which people were known to want as distinct from those whichthey "ought to want", a climate ot popular approval has been fosteredwithout any abandonment of standards. Within the limits imposed on itin Queensland by the prior existence of the other providing bodies, it isflourishing and providing new interests for a significant part of the adultpopulation. Publications: The Board publishes an annual report,the contents of certain lecture series, and programmes of courses. District centresproduce monthly newsletters of some affiliated clubs. Maryborough has the Moonaboola Quill, the magazine of the localWriters' Group. Supervisor: Mr. L. B. Carter, B.A., B.Ed., Adult Education Centre, C/-Parliament House P.O., George St., Brisbane, Old. 4000. Phone:21-1483. District Organisers: Moreton: Mr. B. T. Bonfield, B.A., Dip.Ed.. Adult Education Centre, C/- Parliament House P.O., George St., Brist tne, Old. 4000. Toowoomha: Mr. E. J. Simpson, B.A.. Adult Education Centre. P.O. Box 3118. Town Hall, Toowoomba, Old. 4350. Maryborough: Mr. W. J. Moores, B.A., B.Ed., Adult Education Centre, P.O. Box 65, Maryborough, Old. 4650, Rockhampton: Mr. R. E. Jensen. B.A., B.Ed, Adult Education Centre, P.O. Box 241, Rockhampton, Old. 4700. Mackay: Mr. N. G. Crocombe, Adult Education Centre, Macalister Street, Mackay, Old. 4740. Towmsville: (To be filled), Adult Education Centre, P.O. Box 370, Townsville, Old. 4810. Cairns: Mr. R. H. Stocker, A.U.A., Adult Education Centre, P.O. Box 643. Cairns, Old. 4870. Bundaberg: (Asst. District Organiser) Mr. H. E. Dexter, Adult Education Centre, P.O. Box 809, Bundaberg, Old. 4670.

DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION The Migrant Education Section of the Department of Education provides tuition in English for non-English-speaking migrants over compulsory school age. The teaching programme and methods are specially designed to give students a practical knowledge of English, usehil in their daily routine. All tuition and lesson material is supplied free. Lessons are available per medium of (a) English Classes: classesof two hours' duration are conducted on two evenings per week at centres dispersed throughout the State. Day time classes are also conducted when and where required. Classes will be formed wherever sufficient migrants seek tuition. Pros- pective students are welcome to attend any of these classes. (b) Corre- spondence Lessons: these lessons are available to students unable to attend classes. The course consists of 6 teaching booklets and 30 graded exercise booklets. Special preliminary lessons are available for Greek and Italian students. (c) Radio Lessons: radio lessons to supplement the correspondence course are broadcast by Stations 4QG and VI,M4 betwecm 6.15 a.m. and 6.25 a.m., Monday to Saturday. The script for these lessons is contained in the teaching booklets. (d) Long PlayingRecords: these records may be purchased by bona-fide students. The lessons on time records are identical with radio lessons broadcast daily.

78 obtained from: Information concerningthese courses may be of Education, 527-533 Officer-in-Charge, MigrantEducation Sec:ion, DepartmentBrisbane 4001.) Phone: Wickham Terrace, Brisbane4000. (Box 225, G.P.0.. 21-523S.

DEPARTMENT OF PRIMARYINDUSTRIES in The services of theQueensland Departmentof Primary Industries engaged in all theagricultural the education ofadults are offered to those Department's aim is to and pastoral industries except sugarcane, The improve and expand theprimary producingindustries, and protect con- sumers of theproducts of those industries. It achieves these objectivesby means of researchand extension. In it employs technicallyand scientificallytrained its extension services producers and district advisory officers who workdirectly wIth individual cornmitt:!es. two-way trans- This teaching reliesfrequently for its results upon asks the questions andthe Department, whereit mission. The producer methods can, answers them.Or the Department seesfaults in a producer's and instructs him in theright ones. articles, and a monthly journal; Publications: Handbooks,advisory leaflets, newspaper and graziers' films; television package programmesand radio talks; farmers schools. Director-General: Dr. J. M.Harvey, Department of PrimaryIndustries, William Street, Brisbane, Old. 4000.

HEALTH EDUCATIONCOUNCIL constituted in 1945 The Queensland HealtliEducation Council was Acts. Membership ofthe Council comprises under the State Health of medical, eighteen Government-appointedmembers, representatives dental, public healthand teaching professions; masscommunications; and public bodies workingin the field of health. women's organisations; The The work of theCouncil is financed outof Government funds. body devoted to theeducation of the public Council is a semi-Government literature, on mattersconcerning health generallyand provides, through films, radio, television, pressand displays,information concerning health and safety. Through the Council'sefforts, healtheducation is provided in the To assist in this programme, syllabi of both primaryand secondary schools. well as the Council hasprovided Manuals forthe use of teachers, as teaching aids includingfilms. now beingundertaken include the relation- Some Of the programmes prevention of home accidents, ship between smokingand lung cancer, vaccination. In addition,lectures on the subject fluoridation, and smallpox the of breast and uterine cancerare conductedin collaboration with Queensland Radium Institute toaudiences of women'sorganisations, also lectures on Drugs, obesity,hepatitis, and other health aspects. of the Council to assist,either actively or in an It is also a function and public advisory capacity, institutions,departments, local authorities organisations in the promulgatingof health education programmes. A further functior'; the education ofancillary health personnel in s andmethods. health education princii of Queens- The Council's activities areprimarily reserved to the State

79 land and liaison has been established with heal h education bodies throughout the Commonwealth and overseas. Chairman: Mr. G. Healy. Secretary: Mr. C. Hotz. Chief Officer: Mr. J E. Holliday. Address: Exhibition Grounds, 5-9 Costio Street, Fortitude Valley. Phone: 5-3417.

JAMES COOK UNIVERSITY OF NORTH QUEENSLAND PUBLIC RELATIONS AND LECTURES COMMITTEE The Public Relations and Lectures Committee of the James Cook University of North Queensland is presently constituted to supervise and advise on the general policies of press, radio and television publicity, the preparation and dissemination of special promotional publications on the University, and the organisation and implementation of the University's public lectures programme, both in Townsville and North Queensland provincial centres. Publications include Campus and Courses, a general introduction to the James Cook University of North Queensland, brochures on individual departments as required, and the staff Newsletter which is issued monthly fur circulation within the University. The public lectures programme includes inaugural lectures, lectures by university staff in Townsville, and lectures by visiting lecturers arranged both independently and in conjunction with the University of Queensland and the Queensland Board of Adult Education. The present Executive Secretary of the Committee is Mr. M. A. Mellick, Publicity Officer of James Cook University. Inquiries should be directed to the Registrar, James Cook University of North Queensland, P.O. Box 999, Townsville, Old. 4810.

THE NATIONAL FITNESS COUNCIL OF QUEENSLAND The National Fitness Council of Queensland is a semi-governmental agency coming under the auspicesof the Department of Education. In addition to the staff of the Council located in Brisbane,Regional Officers are located in: Warwick Mackay Toowoomba Ayr Dalby Townsville Kingaroy Cairns Maryborough Nambour Bundaberg Gladstone To be appoin ed. Rockhampton Mt. Isa All inquiries should be directed to the State Secretary. State Organiser and Secretary: Mr. E. V. Harris, 147 Ann Street, Brisbane, Qld. 4000. Telephone: 21-4905.

PUBLIC LIBRARY OF QUEENSLAND The Public Library of Queensland was established in 1896. It has eight sections including the Queensland State Archives and the Oxley Memorial Library. In 1945 under the provisions of "The Libraries Act of 1943", the Library Board of Queensland consisting of six members was created as a Sub-Department of the Department of Education.

80 The collection of thePublic Library is a general oneand consists of serials, monographs, andphotographs. 412,641 items including maps, has been in_ Ir- The Oxley MemorialLibrary established in 1926 Public Library since 1946.It specialises in porated as a section of the relating to Queens- Australian material withparticular emphasis on that land. It has an AdvisoryCommittee of fourteen members. Municipal Libraries Under the terms of "TheLibraries Acts, 1943 to1949" and "The ,there are Schools of Arts (Winding upand Tiansfer) Acts, 1960 to1961 conducting 158 libraries withthe assistance of State 85 local authorities Board of Queensland. Government subsidyadministered by the Library is the City of Brisbanewith 22 libraries, and 32 The largest municipality the other Councils arejoined in five regionalservices. All but five of local authorities conductfree libraries. Publication: Queensland Heritage. State Librarian: Mr. S. L. Ryan. Address: William Street,Brisbane, Queensland 4000.

THE QUEENSLANDART GALLERY Gallery was formed in1895 and the collection The Queensland Art until 1931 when was housed inthe Old Town Halland Executive Building its present site in theMuseum and Art Gallerybuilding. it was moved to building was intensively re- Formerly a ConcertHall, the interior of the provide an attractivehousing for the ,:ollection.The modelled and lit to sculpture, has grown collection itself consistingmainly of painting and steadily since 1895 and overrecent years hasincreased in stature and of seven French paintings significance by purchasesand patronage. A group the late Major de VahlRubin and an importantpainting by was a gift of Ervine of Sydney. A more George Lambert waspresented by Mr. H. S. painting of SydneyHarbour by Sir ArthurStreeton, recent gift was a from E. M. C. Neilsen, presented by Mr. J.Manton of Victoria. Bequests E. Mallalieu, M. T.Treweeke, John Darnelland Godfrey A. C. Wilson, B. contribute to the development Rivers, among others,have done much to of the collection. has recently increasedits Grant to subsidiseworks The Government fine site of 6+ acres on of art. Also the Governmenthas now set aside a (opposite the Supreme Court,North the South Bank ofthe Brisbane River Quay), on which itwill build the newQueensland Art Gallery. The Gallery isadministered under a Boardof thirteen Trustees appointed by theGovernor-in-Council, with aDirector and Assistant Director. The intention of theGallery is to promote aninterest in art in Queensland. Exhibitions visitcountry areas and abranch is established in Rockhampton. Working inconjunction with other StateGalleries in Australia, overseas exhibitions areshown. Lectures are givenfrom time to time and each SaturdayChildren's Creative ArtClasses are conducted Gallery Society arranges aninteresting and varied at the Gallery. The noteworthy gifts of paint- programme throughoutthe year, and has made ings and sculpture to thecollection. Director: Mr. James Wieneke. Address: Gregory Terrace, FortitudeValley, d 4006.

81 THE QUEENSLAND COUNTRY WOMEN'S ASSOCIATION The lbjects of the Queensland C.W.A. are: To improve conditions for worm and girls in the country, and to draw them together. To improve educational facilities in the country Students' Hostels are conducted in 15 centres inQueensland. Bursaries have been established and also 38 Libraries. 90 Trainee Teachers are accommodated in Brisbane as well as a Hostel for 15Music Students. To provide better facilities for safeguarding healthMothers' Hostels are conducted in 37 towns. The C.W.A.also have four aged ladies homes, and seaside homes and cottages and mountain cottages areestablished in 31 centres. The C.W.A. State Headquarters in Brisbane contains accommodation for 43 women, many of whom come to Brisbane for medical attention and holidays. To provide recreation and enjoyment Handicrafts are taught throughout the State and Music and Drama Festivals are held. To promote International understanding C.W.A. Members study a different country each year. To draw together all women This is done by monthly meetings and social gatherings. The Queensland C.W.A. operates an Emergency Housekeeping Scheme throughout the State. Altogether the Queensland Country Women's Association has 531 Branches and 51 Younger Sets. Total membership is now 18,500. Publications: State Annual Report and Queensland Countrywoman (a monthly Journal). State Secretary: Mrs. F. A. Johnson, 89-95 Gregory Terrace, Brisbane, Qld. 4000. Phone: 2-2789.

QUEENSLAND INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY This Institute is situated in Brisbane. There are additional Institutes offering similar courses at the Q.I.T. Capricornia, Rockhampton, and Q.1.T. Darling Downs, Toowoomba. These Institutes offer a range of professional courses qualifying for Diplomas in Applied Science, Architecture, Building, Business Studies and Engineering; sub-tertiary certificate courses in the same fields; and Post- graduate Fellowship or Associate Diploma courses. Correspondence tuition is also available. None of these Institutes at present provides extension, refresher or re-training courses for adults. They do, however, provide far "adult entry" to their present courses under certain conditions. Registrar: Q.I.T., P.O. Box 246, North Quay, Queensland 4000.

THE QUEENSLAND MUSEUM The Queensland Museum was founded in 1871 and moved to its present building in 1900. It is the State Museum and is controlled and managed through the Queensland Museum Board of Trustees subject to the Queensland Museum Act of 1970. Its field of interest are Geology, Zoology, Anthropology, History and Technology, with special reference to Queensland. The staff is 46 in number. The museum maintains a vigorous collection policy and carries out fieldwork in many parts of the State. In recent years it has stepped up its Iii 82 its programme ofreorganisation of its collectionsand modernisation of scientific library containsapproximately 50,000 displays. Its specialist of volumes and maintainsabout 500 exchangesfor its journal, Memoirs the QueenslandMuseum. In a growing educationalprogramme, theMuseum provides lectures, supplemented by films, closedcircuit television andother visual aid primary, secondary,tertiary and adult groups.In materials for pre-school, the educati ourses conductedunder the auspices of recent years adult the Museum lecture Board of Adult Education ilavebeen held at night in furnishes loan specimens toschools and pro- theatre. The Museum also publication of low priced motes the disseminationof knowledge by the and free educationbooklets and leaflets. Museum, which presents researchpapers of Publications: Memoirsof the Queensland series, publications of asemi- its scientific staff;Queensland Museum booklets popular, educational nature. Director: Mr. A.Bartholomai, M.Sc. Address: Gregory Terrace,Brisbane, Qld. 4000. UNIVERSITY OFQUEENSLAND DEPARTMENT OF EXTERNAL STUDIES in 1911 when the The Department ofExternal Studies was created established and provision wasmade for University of Queensland was Bachelor students to readexternally for the Certificatein Education and of Arts degree. include the Bachelor Since that time theDepartment has expanded to Economics and Law degree courses,and the of Education, Commerce, 76 subjects offered for 3,000 current studentsselect their courses from external study. Queensland (out- External enrolments arerestricted to residents of the request of theCommon- side the BrisbaneMetropolitan area) and, at students resident in NorthernTerritory and Terri- wealth Government, to servicemen in Australia.Queens- tory of Papuaand New Guinea, and to during their course maycomplete their land studentstransferred interstate under certain clearlydefined conditions. degree externally into 12 zones, each For administrative purposes,the State is divided Centre, an Officer-in-Charge,and local graduate tutors. with a University supplemented by weekly or fort- Teaching by lecturematerial is thereby nightly tutorials held atthe centres depending onthe number of students enrolled in the varioussubjects. Memorial Library, a branchof the Univers The Thomas Thatcher books required by Library in Brisbane,circulates the necessary reference students in addition totheir lecture material andtext books. Several Memorial Libraries, have been smaller referencelibraries, the Ringrose established in variousQueensland cities and towns,and the Amiet Memorial Library in Mackay. In August of each yearin Brisbane, the Departmentconducts a vacation school, where acomprehensive programme oflectures, tutorials enables external students toenter fully into University and social activities compulsory except in life for one week.Attendance at this school is not certain subjects wherepractical work is essential. A week-end studyschool is held in Darwinin May of each year and a vacation schoolhi. Port Moresbyduring August every year. Further details aboutthe Department and enrolmentin its courses 83 are found in the Departmentof External Studies Information Booklet, which can be obtained by writing to the Director,Department of External Studies, University of Queensland, St. Lucia.

UNIVERSITY OF QUEENSLAND INSTITUTE OF MODERN LANGUAGES The University of Queensland Institute ofModern Languages was set up in 1934 to organise coursesof instruction in modern foreign languages for students whose needs are not served bysecondary schools or by Univer- sity courses. In particular, the Institute has alwaysencouraged the study of Asian languages. The Institute operates under the control of aBoard appointed by the University Senate. Members include the Deanof the Faculty of Arts and approximately 25 other members of theUniversity teaching staff. Until 1965, the internal administration of theInstitute was carried out by an Academic Secretary (usually amember of the Board) and a senior member ei the University Administration. In1965, the first full-time Director was appointed, and he now has an AdministrativeAssistant and a full-time DepartmentalSecretary. The University provides an. annual grant to the Instituteand pays the salaries of the Director and his Assistant. A further grantfor the purchase of books comes from the University Library. Otherwise,the Institute depends on student fees to meet much of the cost oftutors' fees, equipment and similar items. The fee for a full year's courseis at present twenty-fou r dollars. In arranging courses, the Institute encourages students toremain for the full length of a course (usually three or four years).Courses are open to members of the public, though manyUniversity staff members and internal students also attend. It is usually found that at leasttwo-thirds of the students have bad some previous formal study of a foreignlanguage. In 1970, the following sixteen languages were offered:Mandarin Chinese, Dutch, English as a Foreign Language, French, German,Modern Greek, Modern Hebrew, Hindi, Indonesian, Italian, Japanese,Malay, Pidgin, Polish, Russian and Spanish. There were just over twelve hundred students enrolled for these languages, most of which were available at four levels. Sixty different classes were held and they were taught by a tutorial staff numbering thirty-five. The tutors are employed on a part-time basis, though many are members of the University language departments._ In 1970, the languages with the heaviest enrolments were, in order, German (276), French (262), Japanese (194), and Italian (149). 916 students took European languages and 366 took Asian languages. Classes are held entirely in Brisbane and run from March to October. Each class runs for two hours, part of which.inay be held in the University Language Laboratory. Examinations are held at all ,levels and official certificates are issued to students who pass. Classes are held mainly in the everung, though a number of day classes are also held. Apart from lectures, the students are provided with an up-to-date library and the Institute has an extensive collection of tape recordingsof course material in the various languagestaught. Director: M. Brandle. Address: University of Queensland, Institute of Modern LanguagesSt.Lucia, Brisbane, Queensland 4067. Telephone: 71-1377.et 415 SOUTH AUSTRALIA

ADULT EDUCATION DIVISION OF TECHNICAL EDUCATION, EDUCATIONDEPARTMENT Education Departmentadult classes areconducted In South Australia, control of the by the TechnicalDivision and are underthe administrative Director of TechnicalEducation. to provide classesand correspondence courses With a charter offered wherever there is acommunity need, the rangeof adult education academic and generaleducational subjects. includes diploma, vocational, Territory, which is at In 1969, includingfigures for the Northern from South Australia,approximately 68,100students present administered approximately 21,900 were enrolled in 2,760 classes.Of these enrolments, Education Centres andTechnical Colleges,22,400 in the country Adult Centres, 10,500 in themetropolitan in metropolitanAdult Education 5,000 in the TechnicalCorrespondence School, 4,000 Technical Colleges, classes in Northern Territory" -bools and 5,000in Migrant Education throughout the State. Besides the traditionalrole of providingclasses in academic and isalso being done inArt where theart-crafts, craft subjects, much particularly prominent, andin especially JewelleryMaking and Pottery are Music. Ballet, Drama and small A full-time Schoolof Music, whichprovides individual and for students of all agesthrough the range ofsymphonic group tuition this year as part of instruments and classicalguitar, has been established The School is unique inthe adult class movement the adult class movement. Department, because, for the firsttime in the SouthAustralian Education being met individuallyrather than the educationalneeds of individuals are in classes. introduced into Techn cal In the early 1950s,post-trade courses were Colleges. Enrolments nowtotal approximately1,000. first EducationDepartment Technician Courses were In 1968 the Institute of Technology. introduced on transferfrom the South Australian in these coursesand will increase rapidly Mthe Enrolments are increasing transferred from the Institute. future as furthertechnician level courses are short-term courses andweek-end schools has been the The growth of regional Adult Education most significant recentdevelopment in the 13 Centres in country areas.These courses andschools concentrate frequently and geographical aspectsof particular regions, or, on pro- on historical Arts to supplement and to viding specialisedprofessional tuition in the stimulate the work of localMusic, Ballet, Drama or Art groups. Country Adult EducafionCentres and Technical Collegesco-operate University of Adelaide and the with the Departmentof Adult Education, National Gallery of SouthAustralia by providing localorganisation for country lecture tours, artexhibitions and music anddrama performances. Administrative Offices: Technical Education. Mr. C. Rooney, Director of Educ ion ) . Mr. D. A. J. Lillecrapp,Assistant Superintendent (Adult Mr. L. Ho:vat, Inspector ofAdult Education. Mr. G. M. Smith, I1sctorof Adult Education. 85 Educational Establishments Metropolitan Area. Adult Education Centres: Flinders Street A.E.C., 279 Flinders Street, Adelaide 5000. Phone: 23-4508, Norwood A.E.C,, 45 Osmond Terrace, Norwood 5067. Phone: 32-1366, 32-1545. Centres are also located in Technical High Schools and Technical Colleges and Special Schools in the Adelaide Metropolitan area. Particulars of these should be sought from the address given above. Country Area Adult Education Centres: Alice Springs: Box 795, P.O., Alice Springs, N.T. 5750. Darwin: Box 443, P.O.. Darwin, N.T. 5794. Eyre Peninsula: Park Terrace, Port Lincoln 5606. Phone: PortLincoln 1201. Gawler: Finniss Street, Gawler 5118. Phone: Gawler 22-1855, Mid-North: Old Town Hall, Main Street, Peterborough 5422. Phone: Peter- borough 218. Murray Bridge: Swanport Road, Murray Bridge 5253. Phone: MurrayBridge 32-1913. Naracoorte: 19 Gordon Street, Naracoorte 5271. Phone: Naracoorte 62-2189. Onkaparinga: 42 Adelaide Road, Mount Barker 5251. Phone: Mount Barker 501. South Coast: "Ocean Court", Ocean Street, Victor Harbour 5211. Phone: Victor Harbour 52-1663. Upper Murray: Murray Avenue, Renmark 5342. Phone: Renmark 6033. Woomera: C/- Area School, Box 20, Woomera 5720. Phone: Woomera 566. York Peninsula: 17 Digby Street, Kadina 5554. Phone: Kadina 686. Technical Colleges: Mount Gambier: 7 Wehl Street South, Mount Gambier 5290,Phone: Mount Gambier 2-2941. Port Augusta: 9-39 Carlton Parade, Port Augusta 5700. Phone: Port Augusta 2738. Port Pirie: Mary Elie Street, Port Pirie 5540. Phone: 086-321633. Whyalla: Nicholson Avenue, Whyalla Norrie 5608. Phone: Whyalla 45-9044. Special Schools: South Australian School of Art: 42-60 Stanley Street, North Adelaide 5006. Phone: 67-1548, 67-1577. Technical Correspondence School: 221-223 Wakefield Street, Adelaide 5000. Phone: 23-2333. Migrant Education Section: 101 Flinders Street, Adelaide 5000. Phone: 28-3308, 28-3309. Adelaide Woodwork School: 102 Gilbert Street, Adelaide 5000. Phone: 51-1170. Publications: Annual Report, Division of Technical Education Student's Guide (to schools and classes).

ART GALLERY OF SOUTH AUSTRALIA Founded in 1881 as the National Gallery of South Australia under a Board of Commissioners appointed by the Governor, in 1884 the collection came ander the control of the Board of Governors of the, Public Library, Museum and Art Gallery. The Gallery became am-autonomous depariment of the State Government in the control of the Art Gallery Board, under the Minister of Education in 1940 and later in 1968 was renamed The Art Gallery of South Australia. Except for a number of private trusts the institution is wholly financed by the Government. The building which is centrally situated with other cultural institutions on North Terrace, was built in 1900, with additions in 1936 and 1962. The Gallery has a large and representative collection of Australian art, including examples of Aborigirr 1 bark painting and early South Australian pictures and objects, coactions of British and European painting of the 17th to 20th centuries, sculpture, a large collection of fine prMts and drawings, period furniture, pottery, ceramics, glass, silver and coins.

86 participates ininterstate touring exhibitions,prepares The Gallery of Arts,offers special exhibitionsfor the biennial AdelaideFestiva! paintings and objets d'artand conducts aneducation expert advice on services to adults and to service which includesfilm evenings, lecture the Gallery or in thecountry and has alarge children in schools, at available for loan library of reproductionsof old and modern masters, to schools andGovernment institutions. Qu irterly , Annual Publications: Bulletin of TheArt Galleiy of SouthAucIiaI,', Report, Reproductions,Catalogues. Director: John Baily,Dip.Art. Adelaide, S.A. 5000. Tel.: Assistant Director: R.G. Appleyard, North Terrace, 23-8911.

ARTS COUNCIL OFAUSTRALIA (S.A. DIVISION)INC. The South AustralianDivision of the Arts Councilof Australia was re-formed in February, 1965,with funds madeavailable from the Gul- guidance from the FederalArts Council. It benkian Foundation and and receives a yearly subsidyfor administration fromits State Government productions from its FederalCouncil. an allocationeach year for touring In the last five years theSouth Australian Divisionhas expanded its has over twenty Branchesin the State activities considerably and now The aims and assisting with the variousprojects undertaken each year. similar to those of otherArts Council Divisions, objects of this Division are regular tours of the arts that is, to foster all formsof arts and to organise to country centres. With more funds nowbeing made available to thearts by both the Governments, the SouthAustralian Division State and Commonwealth particularly in the field of hopes to broaden itsactivities still further, special school productionsof the various artsand to establish at least five more Branchesby the end of 1971. Annual Reports. Publicptions: Newsletters, Australia (S A Division ) Inc.. Enquiries to: The Secretary,The Arts Council of 95 Currie Street,Adelaide, S.A. 5000. Tel.:51-7103.

gSSOCIATION FORMENTAL HEALTH Health with a member- The South AustralianAssociation for Mental has a similar structure tothe N.S.W. Associationfor ship of about 300, discussion groups in the field Mental Health, though itdoes not organise of parent education. mental retardation, Its activities include aco-ordinating committee on Lifeline EmergencyCounselling Service, a re- participation in the local and habilitation club forex-patients of mentalhospitals, the organisation advice bureau, afund-raising committee, a com- staffing of a citizens service and munity education committee, avolunteer visiting and transport the organisation of anannual Mental HealthWeek. recently made grants tothe State Library, for The Association has health, and building up a more adequatecollection of books on mental into the effectiveness of to the Flinders Universicyof S.A., for research hostels for ex-patieAl mental hospitals. 8788 The Association's Citizens AdviceBureau opera ful -time at the same address as the Association'sSecretary. Publication: Mental Health News quarterly news sheet. Secretuiy: Miss H. Hanrahan 51 GrenfellStreet, Adelaide, S.A. 5000.

AUDIO VISUAL AIDS CENTRE DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION The Audio Visual Aids Centre ofthe South Australian Education Department provides a free lending service toschools, adult education agencies and community groups particularly those associated with primary and secondary schools. Its filmlibrary for adult groups numbers over 2,000 films; itwill also obtain films from the NationalLibra- Canberra, and the film libraries of other Statefilm centres (where i- es- state lending is permitted) andinterstate embassies and consulates. Address: Audio Visual Aids Centre, EducationDepartment of S.A., 221 Wakefield Street, Adelaide, S.A. 5000. Phone: 23-2333.

DEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC HEALTH The Department of Public Health coversthe activities of the Central Board of Health, the School Health Branch(including the Deafness Guidance Clinic and School Dental Service),the Occupational Health and Air Pollution Branch and theEpidemiology Branch, the Food and Drugs Advisory Committee, the RadiologicalAdvisory Committee, the Clean Air Committee, and also the publichealth aspects of the control of tuberculosis, including the chest clinic andthe State X-ray health surveys. Publications: The Department publishes an Annual Reportpresented to Parliament, an educational magazine entitledGood Health, and occasional booklets on aspects of public health. Address: Director General of Public Health, Savings Bank Building,158 Rundle Street, Adelaide, S.A. 5000. Telephone: 28-0911.

DEPARTMENT OF AGRICULTURE EXTENSION SERVICE The Department of Agriculture provides anextension service t'6 farmers which is guided by Extension Service Branch. Most Departmental officers take part in extension workWhich follows three main lines: MSS media, group media and person to personmedia. In addition to publications, officers provide 300 broadcasttalks and 80 items for television each year. Most group work is provided through theAgricuiniral Bureau, Women's Agricultural Bureau and Rural Youth Movement.Agricultural Bureau membership comprises one third of the farmersin the State. Training is provided by Extension Branch in adulteducation methods. Publications:Journal ofAgriculture,quarterly,circulation16,000.Extension Bulletins, 50 per year, ci!culation 5,000 to 10,000.Special Bulletins, 10 per year, circulation, 1,000.Experimental Record, 1 per year, circulation1,500. Press Releases, 500 per year, circulation, massmedia only. Address:P.C. Angove, Chief Extension Officer,Department of Agriculture, Gawler Place, Adelai e 5000. Telephone: 28-3027. 88 87 FILM LIBRARY provides a free The Documentary FilmLibrary of South Australia adult education agenciesand community 7.oups.Its lending service to will also obtain films film library numbers over4,000 films. This Library Library, Canberra, and fromother State Film Centres from the National embassies and (where interstate lendingispermitted) and interstate consulates. Film Library of S.A., Audio-VisualEducation Executive Officer: Documentary Adelaide, S.A. 5000. Centre, Education Department,221Wakefield Street, Phone: 23-2333.

THE NATIONALFITNESS COUNCIL OFSOUTH AUSTRALIA appointed by and The National FitnessCouncil of South Australia is is responsible to theState Minister ofEducation. Funds are provided by theCommonwealth for general purposesand plus an annual for capital developmentand by the State for similar uses, amount for the trainingof leaders. Training courses areconducted for coaches umpiresand instructors in special skills. Petiodical surveys are madewith respect to recreation spacein metropolitan Adelaide, sportsparticipation and governmentassistance to youth andcommunity recreationthroughout Australia. The Council owns itsheadquarters, training centres and camps. Books and films areavailable on loan or forreference. Books and a monthlyjournal for athleticscoaches are published. Close co-operation ismaintained with PhysicalEducation in the schools, universities andteachers colleges. Director: Mr. A. E. Simpson,70 South Terrace, Adelaide, S.A.5000.

THE SOUTHAUSTRALIAN COUNTRYWOMEN'S ASSOCIATION INC. Inc., was The South AustralianCountry Women sAssociation founded in 1928 and nowhas 307 branches and over13,000 members. It is non-party politicaland non-sectarian. Itsobjects are to improve the welfare andconditions of life of womenand children of country opportunities for recreationand the study of handi- districts; to provide rest rooms and crafts and other culturaleducational activities; to establish accommodation centres. Schools in Leadership andHandicraft, Housecraft, Drama,Painting and Choral work areconducted, and other schools arearranged. Drama and Choral Festivals areheld each year; and each year acountry is chosen for special internationalstudy. The Association has aHousekeeper Scheme. It has tworesidential properties near the city, fiveholiday cottages at the seasideand other Divisions maintain holidaycottages, fiats and hostels.Two Homes for the Aged are maintained and morethan 100%Rest Rooms areestablished diroughout the State. Publications: The Association maintains aweekly newspaper, The South Australian Countrywomen. Hunt-Cooke. Hon. State Secrebu-y: Mrs. T. A. eville Terrace, Kent Town, S.A. Gcneral Secretary:WS.B. J. Murphy, 30 Dequet 5067. 89 88 THE SOUTH AUSTRALIAN INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY While the Institute is not involved in Adult Education in the normal 3ense of the term, it does aim, asfar as its resources permit, to provide a programme of Extensionand Refresher courses suited to the needs of practising Engineers, Sciences and Business men. In particular, the School of Mathematics is offering a series of let. es in 8 topics normally covered at second year Degree level in Engineer ng and Applied Science courses. Each topic is covered in a series of 15 Lctures at the rate of one lecture per week. In addition, the Institute offers Graduate Diploma Courses in the fieldsof Business Administration, Planning and Mathematics. These courses are designed for persons who havecompleted a first year qualification at a Degree or equivalent level, and wish to undertake further studies in an area often unrelated to their undergraduate course. Further details relating to the above courses may be obtained from: The Academic Secretary: S.A. Institute of Technology, North Terrace, Adelaide, S.A. 5000.

SOUTH AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM The South Australian Museum, founded in 1856, containsextensive exhibits of animal life, fossils, rocks and minerals, and material representing the life and culture of native peoples. Much emphasisis given to Australian examples but specimens from other parts of the world are well represented. The collection of Aboriginal material is the largestin the world. Thirteen Curators carry out research on: Anthropology, Archaeology, Arachnology, Birds,Fishes, Insects, Mammals, Marine Invertebrates, Reptiles and Amphibians, Fossils and Minerals. The Museum maintains a wide range of natural history publications for sale to the public. An Information Officer and his Assistanthandle general inquiries and assist with school and college classes and visiting groups. Publications: Records of the South Australian Museum, an annual reportof research from tin Museum. Director: Dr. W. Grant Inglis, D.Sc., Ph.D. Address: North Terrace, Adelaide, S.A. 5000.

THE STATE LIBRARY OF SOUTH AUSTRALIA The State Library of South Australia has its origin in acollection of books assembled in London in 1834, two years before theprovince of South Australia was founded. The modem character of the library was established in 1940 when the library was separated from the Museumand the Art Gallery, becoming a State Governmentdepartment administered by the Libraries Board of South Australia. Reference Division The Reference Library has a representative basiccollection in all subjects except medicine and law. Areas of sub`estrength include South

4 90 Australian publications,librarianship, wine, AustralianAborigines, River Murray shipping, sailingships and nineteenth centuryillustrated works on natural history. The majorityof Reference Librarybooks are available contains 269,000 volumes.In addition, 2,600 for loan. The collection currently taken. The Map periodicaltitles, and 346 newspapers are Collection holds approximately12,000 maps. The Research Service,supplies lists of references,and handles all inter-library loans. It has anextensive collection of tradecatalogues. Pinpointer, a monthly index toselected Australian periodicals,Index to Australian Book Reviews andbibliographies on Australian-authors are publish ed. The Archives contains both governmentand private documents. By documents may be destroyedwithout reference legislation, no government 18,500 feet of to the Libraries Board.At 30th June, 1970, there were material in the Archives. The Reference Division alsostaffs 18 libraries in otherGovernment Departments. Lending Division This provides directfree lendingfacilitiesto residentsin the metropolitan area through theAdelaide Lending Service,Youth Lending Service (for teenagers)and the Children's library(for children under 13 years). Baweenthem in 1969-70, these threeSections contained 110,575 volumes, and 596,459volumes were issued to102,435 registered borrowers. The Country LendingService and C.intry Children'sBook Service and children living outsidemetropolitan Adelaide, provide books to adults sent to small the only charge being returnfreight. Boxes of books are country schools. Books arealso made available todiscussion groups run particular titles are by adult education agencies,though multiple copies of not always available.The Country Lending Servicealso provides relevant reference books for someresidential schools. Technical Services Division Besides the usual acquis.tionsand cataloguing sections,this Division includes a bindery and aphotographic section. Anextensive programme of publishing facsimile editions andother works of Australianinterest was begun in 1962. Over140 works have beenpublished. Local =Publlc Libraries Local public libraries financedby municipal authorities aresubsidised under the Libraries (Subsidies)Act, 1955-1958. With generaloversight and planning by theLibraries Board, subsidies($220,896 in 1969-70) dollar for dollar basis.Thirty-one libraries, operated by are paid on a of 22 local government authorities,serving over half of the population the State had been establishedby June, 1970. In 1969-70local public libraries lent 2,072,581 books to139,458 registered readers. Allbooks stocks (280,595 at 30 June,1970) are interchangeable with acentral pool maintained by the Libraries Board. Australiana, Pinpointer, Index toAustralian Publications: Annual report, South people: a Book Reviews, MiscellaneaMusicologica (annual ), Books for young guide to Christmas buying(annual). State Librarian; Mr. R. K. (Wing,B.Ec., t8 91 THE UNIVERSITY OF ADELAIDE, DEPART ENT OF ADULT EDUCATION The Department of Tutorial Classes (asit was then called) was established in 1914 following a request from the Workers' Educational Association of South Australia, which Mr. Albert Mansbridge had been instrumental in forming not long before. Because of the war, a joint W.E.A. University programme was not begun until 1917. In that year the University provided teachers for evening classesin Adelaide in subjects such as economics, political science, and English expression for about 550 students. In the 20 years which followed, the Department was sometimes able to employ in addition to the Director of Tutorial Classes in Adelaide, one or two full-time country trtors who established evening classes in about six country towns though the size of South Australia and the scattered population made expansion difficult. In the economic depression of the 1930s the State Governinent grant was reduced and the Department had to dispense with the services of its country tutors. In 1957 the Department was renamed the Department of Adult Education and the government grant and the staff of the Department were increased. The Department expanded its work to include postgraduate refresher courses and vocational and other courses of interest to community groups other than the W.E.A. However, the joint class programme with the W.E.A. grew to over 50 classes. Country districts were served with discussion group courses, week-end and day schools, travelling art exhibitions and tours by musicians, drama and ballet groups. In 1965 the community arts services passed to the control of the newly-formed S.A. branch of the Arts Council of Australia. The Department has organised three international study tours, one to New Zealand to study race relations, the second, composed of geologists, amateur and professional, to study New Zealand's unique geological features, and the third from New Zealand to study ancient glaciation and other features in South Australia. Further such tours are being planned. The Department's work is supervised by the Board of Adult Educa- tion of the University of Adelaide, constituted as follows: seven members nominated by the University; three members nominated by the W.E.A. of Sorth Australia; and one member nominated by each of the following bodies the Libraries Board of South Australia, the South Australian, Education Department, and the South Australian Country Women's Association. The staff of the Department consists of ihe Director, an assistant director, two lecturers, a secretary-organiser and five clerical officers, all located at the University of Adelaide. The University meets the cost of staff salaries and it provides in addition an annual maintenance grant of $10,000. The Department is also allowed to spend its own revenues which amounted to over $50,000 in 1970. In recent years the Department has co-operated with the A.B.C. (Australian Broadcasting Commission) in the production of educational television programmes eight programmes in 1969 under the title 'Of Public Concern' and five in 1970 on the theme 'South Australia's Heritage'. In 1970 the Department received an anonymous bequest of $100,000 to set up an educna1 radio stption with courses on general

92 .t(j; interest to professional adult education subjects aswell as those of special and occupational groups. For many years theDepartment collaboratedwith the W.E.A. in quarterly called The WE.A. Bulletin. Thisperiodical the publication of a useful as a means contained general articles onadult education and was information about theDepartment's courses.However, of disseminating somewhat changed and in the last 18 months theeditorial policy has been called 'Issue' established.The aim has been tomake 1-sue' a new journal educational and culturalcomment of a usefuljournal of social, political, with particular emphasis uponSouth Australian national scope but by three matters. Regularfeatures include ihediscussion of a specific issue differing views recent topicsiacluded Women's to four people of in Transition. Liberation, Communicationof Science, and Aborigines In 1969, 62 jointUniversity-W.E.A. classes werearranged which of 1775; 12 extension coursesfor specialist groups attracted an enrolment residential schools were attendedby 681 students; seventwo to ten-day the W.E.A.'s residentialcollege at Goolwa, with anenrol- were held at lasted from ment of 256; 14schools and conferencesin Adelaide which days attracted an enrolmentof 853; five specialschools (Spring one to 20 by a total of 383; one Schools, Geology Tour,etc.) were held, attended day school in the country wasattended by 32, andvisiting lecturers in Adelaide and country centresattracted a total audience of11,150. and many joint Close co-operation hascontinued with the W.E.A. educational activities havebeen arranged withthe Country Women's Agricultural Bureau, RuralYouth, the Trade Association, the Women's The Art Gallery Unions and other voluntarysocieties in city and country. exhibitions and guide lectures,the has assisted inproviding travelling Museum has helped to arrangeseminars such as WildlifeConservation, Library has been prepared tohelp where it is able and the State Public schools and discussion groups. by providing boxesof books to special Co-operation with theAdult Education Sectionof the Education Department, always anobjective, has resulted in manyfruitful joint particularly during the pastfew years. Recent activities in country areas, Management, Vietnam, China, examples have beenschools on Farm Mathematics for SchoolTeachers, Race Relations Rhodesia, the New also assisted in recent and Geology. The StateDepartment's officers have years with theplanning of Spring Schools. Education set up in 1966 The ConsultativeCommittee of Adult Education, andconsisting of representatives ofthe by the Minister of Department, the W.E.A. and Mult Education Sectionof the Education already done much toincrease understanding of the this Department, has also made possible aims, functions and programmesof each body. It has increased co-operation betweenthem. Education, University of Director: Mr. J. W. Warburton,Department of Adult Adelaide, 50 North Terrace,Adelaide, S.A. 5000.

WORKERS' EDUCATIONALASSOCIATION OF SOUTH AUSTRALIA INC. The Association, whichis a self-governingvoluntary organisation, was founded at ameeting held in Adelaide onMarch 24, 1914, as the outcome of a visitpaid to AustraliabI1i Albert Mansbridge, M.A., in fLa 93 general secretary of the Workers'Educational Association of Great Britain. Although an annual meeting was heldin 1914 and many discussions concerning finance, aims and methods tookplace at this time, the first full year of work was in 1917. Itsgoverning body today (1970) is the Council, composed of two representativesfrom each of 50 affiliated organisations, two representatives from eachof ten student clubs, and one representative from everyW.E.A. class. The membership of the Council is approximately 250. The paid staff of the Associationcomprises the director, three full- time clerical officers, two part-timeclerical officers, one part-time caretaker and a resident house manager(married couple) at Graham's Castle. The director and four of the clericalofficers are located in the W.E.A. Office, The University of Adelaide; onepart-time clerical officer and caretaker in the W.E.A. Centre, Adelaide. In 1969 the Association employed 75part-time tutors to conduct its own programme of 175 courses in general artsand crafts and liberal studies. Seven thousand three hundred studentsenrolled and the longest course offered comprised20 lectures. The Association is also concerned with promoting the programme of jointtuLorial classes organised in conjunction with the University of Adelaide'sDepartment of Adult Education. In 1969 the Association provided correspondence coursesin 20 different subjects for members of affiliatedtrade-unions. Some 3,500 students undertook these courses between1964-69, unions affiliated numbered 65, and affiliations and students wereobtained from every State in the Commonwealth. Nine residential schools were organised by theW.E.A. in 1969 with a total enrolment of 311students. Non-residential schools and occasional public lectures were 91s0 arranged. In 1963 a residential college, Graham's Castle, wasestablished at Goolwa, near the sea coast, some 50 miles south ofAdelaide. It consists of an old house of historic charm and a two-storeyedextension. In 1965 two blocks containing 22 twin rooms,served with private showers, were added. The total cost of the College was $70,000. It isthe most modern and best equipped residential college devoted to liberalresidential adult education in Australia. It can accommodate 65 persons inresidence and up to another 25 non-resident.The College has two main functions. One, to provide facilifies for week-end and longerschools organised by the Association and other adult-education bodies. The second, toprovide premises for use by other bodies such as management groups,community organisations and government departments. In 1969 a totalof 22 schools were held by otherbodies at Graham's Castle. In 1969 a domestic manager's residence was built at a cost of $15,000. The Association arranges periodic students' arts andcrafts exhibitions which attract attendances of 500-1,000. It alsoprovides considerable assistance in the organisation of the AdelaideFilm Festival which has been held annually since 1959. Open to countriesthroughout the world, the Fesfival normally attracts about 100 entriesfrom 30 countries and all continents. Running for two weeksit has a membership of 2,000 and attendances of 23,000.

94 9 3 The W.E.A. provides astudent centre for adult classesand student clubs (ten in 1969). In1969 a new arts and craftsstudio was added to the building. of Adult The W.E.A. works closelywith the University Department Education and has threemembers on the UniversityBoard of Adult Education. A number of itsaffiliated organisations areconcerned with various aspects of education, e.g.Kindergarten Ur .on. The W.E.A.'s50 trade union movement affiliated organisationsprovide close links with the and also cultural communityorganisations. of the Association is towork for the promotion The general purpose education facilities in the of adult education andthe improvement of adult community.

Revenue 1969: $ 41,000 Course Fees 8,000 Government Grant 12,000 Graham's Castle , Affiliation ei.. Membership Fees 1,250 Other (mainly net, from AdelaideFilm Festival, Cinema '69, Deposits) 7,750 $70,000

Publications: Issue. S.A. Director: Mr. E. Williams, W.E.A.Office, University of Adelaide,Adelaide , 5001. Telephone: 23-4333. TASMANIA

ADULT EDUCATION BOARD The Adult Education Board ofTasmania was set up by Act of Parliament in July, 1948, following a reportby Professor Duncan on the work of the Workers' EducationalAssociation and the University Tutorial Classes Committee, which hadfunctioned for many years in the State, The Board consists ofnine members, of whom three are nominated by the Minister and of these one isappointed Chairman by the Minister. Of the remaining six, one is theDirector of Education or a person nominatedby him, and the others are appointed by the Minister on the nomination of theCouncil of the University of Tasmania, the Tasmanian Library Board, the Council of theWorkers' Educational Association, the Arts Council of Tasmaniaand the Australian Broad- casting Commission. Members of the Boardhold office for a term of three years, under the usual conditions whichapply to such appointments. The Board advises the Minister on matters ofgeneral policy, plans and supervises the administration anddevelopment of adult education and takes any steps it thinks fit for the purpose ofco-ordinating the activities of the many bodies engaged in cultural workthroughout the State. Hence it organises lectures, classes, schools and otheractivities which encourage interest in the arts and sciences. It is empowered tocharge fees. The salaried staff consists of the Director, whois appointed by the Governor on the recommendation of the Board for termsof thme years. He is the chief executive officer of theBoard and is responsible for planning and organising adult education throughout theState. He is not subject to the provisions of the Public Service Act. There arefive senior regional officers, each allocated to one of the mainregions of the State (i.e., Hobart, Launceston, Southern at Devonport and Burnie There is a deputy regional officer in Launceston andthre, other officers attached to Head Office. Amongst other duties, oneof these serves the whole state in the field of drama and anotheris responsible for the state-wide book discussion scheme. The administrativestaff consists of the Secretary to the Board and two male clerical assistants,together with 12 typists and secretarial staff. The Board has its own centresin North Hobart, Hobart city, South Hobart, Launceston, Devonportand Burnie. All provide offices and classrooms, while Hobart and Devonporthave halls capable of holding 300 and 125 respectively. In addition theBoard's activitis extend to some 70 places throughout the State. For the purposes of administration the stateis divided into five regions (1) the City of Hobart, (2) the Southern Region an area south of a line from Rosebery to Swansea andincluding the outer Hobart suburbs, (3) the Launceston region which includesall the North- Eastern part of the state from Deloraine to the East Coastand south to Ross, (4) Devonport the coastal area between Deloraine and Penguin and its hinterland, (5) Burnie from Penguin to the West Coast. The regional officers are largely concerned with theorganisation and development of class programmes and otheractivities, but they also do some lecturing. The class programme is divided into three termswith most courses 96 95 In subjects like languages,music and art, the lasting about ten weeks. has course mayallow for development overthree years or more. There also been an increasein the number of panel coursesand short courses lasting four to six weeks.All tutors are engaged on apart-time basis 242 tutors for 660 coursesattracting 8,150 and in 1969 there were representative sample is enrolments. The subjectsoffered are numerous. A ceramics, Asian cookery,interior decoration, Japanese,fiction writing, classical guitar playing,astronomy, Tasmaniannative birds, philosophy and the retarded child. Town as a In 1964 the Board opened"The Grange" at Campbell sidential college. Thishistoric home, leased fromthe National Trust accommodation for 28 studentsand is used regularly of Tasmania, has schools. However for week-end schools,residential seminars and summer residential education hasbecome so popular that anincreasing number of activities are organisedin other parts of the state.In 1971, summer schools on historicbuildings of Tasmania andpainting were held at The Grange, plusothers on archaeology atFlinders Island, Pottery at Burnie and String Music atthe University of Tasmania. Seminars are organised in thevarious regions, some ofwhich could refresher courses. Recentexamples are: auto- be regarded as professional Schools and the mation, music teaching,religious drama, road safety and University. culminating in the Sir A number of extensionlectures is arranged, Australian distin- John Morris MemorialLecture given each year by an learning. Some of the lecturershave been: Sir guished in public life and Law Owen Dixon, SirMacfarlane Burnet, Dr. H.C. Coombs, Dr. Phillip and Professor C. P.Fitzgerald. A series of lectures onthe history of Launceston in 1968stimulated the Board's firstmajor book publishing venture Launceston History of an Australian City. No correspondence orcredit courses are conductedbut preliminary arrangements were madein 1970 for the Board toorganise first year university courses inLaunceston in association withthe University ot Tasmania. The bookdiscussion scheme caters forabout 40 groups and isolated parts of the state. this is one way of assistingpeople in the more Drama is fostered bythe provision of producers,equipment and experienced tutors advisory services. The Board'sdrama officer and other A series of one-act assist amateur groups withrehearsals and productions. plays under the titleThe Derwent Series hasbeen sold throughout the world. Music recitalsand exhibitions are alsosponsored. The Government grantin 1969-70 was$158,000 and earnings from students' fees and other sourcesamounted to $75,000. Contact is maintainedwith the University ofTasmania, the State Library (whicii provides booksfor book discussiongroups), the Tasmanian School of Art, the Conservatoriumof Music and many otherbodies such as the ArtsCouncil, the United NationsAssociation and Rural Youth. occasional lectures and seminarproceedings. Publications: Annual reports; John Reynolds (Adult Book: Launceston History of an Australian City by Education Board of Tasmania andMacmillan of Australia) 1969. Addresses Director: Mr. G. Lewis, 452Elizabeth Street, North Hobart. Regional Offices 16 Argyle Street, Hobart. 9 7 96 12 Weld Street, South Hobart. (The postal address and telephone number for thesethree centres is P.O. Box 84, North Hobart, Tasmania 7002. Phone:30-9011). 51 York Street, Launceston, Tas. 7250.(Phone: 2-2153). Cnr. Steele and Wenvoe Streets, Devonport, Tas. 7310. (Phone:24-2881). 4 North Terrace, Burnie, Tasmania 7320.(Phone: 31-1935).

ARTS COUNCIL OF AUSTRALIA TASMANIAN DIVISION INCORPORATED A wholly voluntary organisation whoseobjects are identical to those of the Federal Body. ActiveBranchesinSmithton,Burnie,Ulverstone,Devonport, Launceston and Hobart with a representativein Deloraine. State President: Mr. G. R. Lempriere, 0.B.E., 28Pitcairn Street, Port Sorel!, Tas. 7307. Telephone: 28-6173. State Secretary: Mrs. Helen Jones, 5 MedburyCrescent, Montello, Burnie, Tas. 7320. Telephone: 3 1 -2949.

CO 'NCIL OF ADVANCED EDUCATION TASMANIA Tasmania has appointed a Council of AdvancedEducation with the general task of establishing a system of advancededucation throughout the State and the particular one of constructing anddeveloping the Tasmanian College of Advanced Education (T.C.A.E.) onMount Nelson overlooking Hobart. T.C.A.E. will commence teaching in its new facilitiesin 1972 but has already absorbed the Hobart Teachers College,the Tasmanian Con- servatorium of Music and the School of DentalNursing organisationally at existing locations. Courses at professionallevel now given by the Hobart Technical College will be taken over progressively as accommodation beck mes available. Courses of advanced education coming within theCouncil's control are alsu given at the Launcestonand Burnie Technical Colleges. The Council's future relationship with the Launceston TeachersCollege is not yet finally determined. Secretary: J. W. Black, Council of Advanced Education, G.P.O. Box 169B, Hobact, Tasmania 7001. Phone: 30-3863.

DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION The State Educatior. Department has a substantial programmeof evening work in its technical colleges and schools, but most of this is vocational rather than traditional adult education. Address: Director-General of Education, 116 Bathurst Street, Hobart,Tasmania 7000. (Telephone: 30-9011).

NATIONAL FITNESS COUNCIL OF TASMANIA The work of the National Fitness Council of Tasma6ais under the control of the State Minister for Health and is linked withthe Department of Health Services.

98 9 7 National Fitnessofficesareestablishedat Hobart, Launceston, Devonport, Burnie andUlverstone. The Council's activities aredirected towards promotion of community health and personalfitness particularly throughencouraging and assisting communityparticipation in physical recreation. Publication: Annual Report. State Supervisor Mr. K. A. Thomas,138 Bjthust Street Hobart 7000.Telephone: 30-3727.

STATE LIBRARY The State Li! ary of Tasmaniais a Governmentinstrumentality controlled by a statutory board. Inaddition to normal reference,lending and archival collections the libraryhas a collection of some 4,443films, 12,258 gramophone records, and3,432sets of plays.Co-operation with the Adult Education Board isclose and special collections ofbooks for group use are available. Chairman of Library Board: The Hon.Sir Peter Crisp. State Librarian: Mr. A. E. Browning. Address: 91 Murray Street Hobart,Tasmania 7000. (Telephone: 34-3651),

COUNTRY WOMEN'SASSOCIATION OF TASMANIA The C.W.A. in Tasmania isaffiliated with the Country Women's Association of Australia, and hasthe same ideals and aims asC.W.A. in other States. It is also a member of TheAssociated Country Women of the World. In Tasmania, the office of StateSecretary is a continuous appointment. State Secretary: Miss E.Perkins, M.B.E., 68 Davey Street, Hobart,Tasmania 7000. Telephone: 23-5581.

TASMANIAN MUSEUM ANDART GALL'ERY A museum was firststarted in Hobart in the early 1820s. In1843, the Royal Society of Tasmania wasformed and the Museum was handed to that body. Until 1885,the Society fostered anddeveloped the Museum and collected funds tobuild the first permanent home for thecollections. In 1885 the Royal Societyasked the Tasmanian Government to assume responsibilityforthecollectionsand finance,and sincethenthe Museum has been governed by aBoard of Trustees. The Museum here is acomposite one, the main collections were,and still are, directed to NaturalHistory studies, but State history, geology, anthropology and decorative artshave always had a place in the collections. An art section was startedin the 1880s and the historical prints, oils and water-colours, all relating tothis State, form a very fine collection indeed. Funds are provided mainly bythe State Government. The Hobart City Council makes a small annual grantand there are a number of benefactions some of which are for artpurchases, others for natural history projects. 99 98 Over the last few years, emphasishas been placed on biological surveys carried out in various partsof the State by Museum staff. In this way, the fauna picture ofTasmania is being put into something ofits correct perspective and of course, theMuseum's collections are enhanced greatly. Studies of the now extinct Tasmanianaboriginal race have received special attention and the collections ofskeletal material held in the museum are, of the utmostsignificance to anthropologists throughout the world. In this Museum and Art Gallerythe emphasis is mainly on the Tasmanian collections. Others are kept forcomparative and educational use but it is the policy tohave as complete a coverage as is possible,of items related to the Tasmanian scene ingeology, natural history and art. Director: Dr. W. Bryden. Address: The Tasmanian Museum and ArtGallery, Hobart, Tasmania 7000. Phone: 23-2696.

THE UNIVERSITY OF TASMANIA The University of Tasmania organisesfour or five lectures each winter and many public lectures by visitingscholars. The lectures are given in Hobart and arerepeated in Launceston, the North-West and Western regions ofthe State. Inaugural lectures are also repeated in centres outside Hobart. Address: University of Tasmania, Box 252C,G.P.0., Hobart, Tasmania 7000.

1 0 9 9 TERRITORY OF PAPUA-NEWGUINEA

The Territory presents very specialproblems in every field of education and especially in adulteducation. The scattered populationof some 2-3 millions is at diverselevels of transition between their ownwidely culture. different languages andvillage cultures and amalgam with western Large numbers of these peopleshave only come into contactwith western culture in recent years, whilethose in coastal regions haveknown it for many decades.There are 700 separate dialects orlanguages. Though Pidgin is moderately universal as alingua franca, and English istaught in the schools, in 19O only some1.3% of the population hadcompleted a fullprimary education, though nearly50% of the school age population now have access toschools. Some 24% of thepopulation is literate in Pidgin or English. Adulteducation, therefore, comprehends everyaspect and social life of these peoples.Hence a large of the economic, political Army, the number of government departmentsand agencies, as well as the Reserve Bank and voluntarybodies are involved in different aspectsof adult education and communitydevelopment. At the majorpolicy level the House of Assembly andthe Administrator's ExecutiveCouncil exercise control. Policies areimplemented through anInter-departmental Co- ordinating Committee, with otherspecialised and ad hoc committees.At the District level each ofthe 18 Districts has a DistrictCo-ordinating Committee. The main departmentsand other organisations concerned are set out briefly below.The headquarters of all theseDepartments is in Port Moresby, T.P.N.G. Department of Agriculture,Stock and Fisheries: The Department farmer has Rural Developmentofficers in all Districts. They undertake training and agriculturalextension work among villagepeople and promote agricultural deveiopment.Some Districts also haveAnimal Husbandry officers and FisheriesOfficers. The Department alsosubsidises the employment by village orDistrict Councils of ruraldevelopment assistants. Department of Education:Adult Education and TechnicalEducation is mainly concerned withadult literacy pro- Divisions: This division of grammes inEnglish of an intensivekind, courses in many cases being These courses are offered on aselective basis restricted two years' duration. since for the majority of the to those groupswith a real need for literacy, village people trainingin agricultural andindustrial skills in those economic sectors where neweconomic opportunities canbe generated is more importan$. The TechnicalEducation Division developsvocational schools in skills useful for primary school leavers.These provide one year courses at the village leveland designed to meet theneeds of a particular area. Department of Informaticinand Extension Services: ThisDepart- ment aims at raisingthe general levels of awarenessof the indigenous people, working throughthe press, radio, films,publications and other audio-visual aids; by providingservices for the educational armsof technical departments in theirextension programmes inagriculture, health, education; by programmesconcerned with socio-economicdevelopment and polifical awareness. It operateseight radio s .tions from whichthere are daily broadcasts onhealth, education, apiculture,welfare and Terri- tory news, traditional music,interviews, political education andbroadcasts of House of Assemblyproceedings a* qtp-stion time.The department maintains a public library servicewith 20 branches; provides afortnightly periodical in English and Pidgin; aLiterature Bureau to foster publication 101 100 of indigenous literacymaterials; and provides traininginextension techniques. Department of Public Health:Apart from its major concern with para-medical and medical mattersthis department undertakes health extension work through anumber of health education officers in vanous centres. Department of Social Developmentand Home Affairs -- Community Development and Social ServiceDivision: This Department has a field staff of development officers andwelfare officers whose main tasks are tofoster local initiatives andparticipation, in the villages and towns inrelation to local Councils, and to providewelfare services. Support is given to various voluntary agencies to assisttheic programmes. In addition, the Department provides Community Education courses.These are of two weeks duration and usually attended bymarried couples from villages, and since their incerion some 6,800 villagershave attended such courses. Another important aspect of theteaching programmes is in connexion with the advancement of women, operatedthrough some 900 women's clubs, supplemented by short training coursesfor women's leaders of a week to three months' duration. Some10,000 women have been to such courses. A one year training programmeis also provided for female welfare assistants; and courses are alsoprovided for youth workers employed by Councils. Department of Trade and Industry:The Department provides an extension service to foster and expand theco-operative movement which s been extensivelydeveloped in many parts of the Territory;itis developing a business advisory servicein the main towns; and is promoting small scale local industry. Royal Australian Army Education Corps:The Corps provides an education programme for the men of thePacific Islands Regiment. This includes a course closely related to the syllabusof forms 1, 2, 3 of the Territory High School curriculum, leading tothe P.-N.G. Army Certificate of Education; a three stage pre-Certificate coursein English; an "Educa- tion for Citizenship" programme;apprentice trades training and potential officer training courses; a resettlement andrehabilitation advice; and a number of other recreational and educational servicesof an informal kind. Reserve Bank of Australia: The Bank has been concernedthroughout the '60s to help to develop further theindigenous peoples' understanding of a money economy and to assist in communityadvancement. It ha- sought through booklets, films, talks and radio toprovide a Finahcial Education programme, mainly directed to teachers and toseccindary school children, and the promotion and guidance of savingsand loan societies for village communities. University of Papua-New Guinea: The University was establishedin 1967 at Port Moresby. It began in 1970 a small extensionlecture programme which has proved verypopular amorg educated Nuiguineans in the city. The University has been fostering thedevelopment of indigenous writing and publication, as a means of affording theopportunity of developing Nuiguinean literature that will serve, also, toprovide reading materials for those whose li'keracy is well advanced. Voluntary Societies: The Y.M.C.A. and Y.W.C.A., Scouts and Girl Guides, St. John's Ambulance and a Sports DevelopmentBoard all contribute substantially to the general cultural advancementof the community, more particularly in thelarger centres. 102 101 VICTORIA

ADULT EDUCATIONASSOCIATION OF VICTORIA "In 1948, the Workers'Educational Association ofVictoria, with considerable foresight, plannedand sponsored theformation of the A.E.A., then died an honourabledeath in the interest ofadult education, be- queathing its assets and arich heritage of fruitfulendeavour to its pro- geny." This is a quotationfrom the first annual reportof the A.E.A., 1949. A public meetingof 250 people held onOctober 1, 1949, had unanimously carried amotion that the A.EA.of Victoria should be formed. It is a voluntaryassociation of people who havejoined together t. sthnulate interest in and tooffer more opportunities foradult education in Victoria. It isconcerned with all aspects ofadult education and provides a meeting place and aforum for public discussionof the subject. is determined by The A.E.A. is financiallyself-supporting and its policy committee, consisting of 20members. ademocratically-elected general Anyone over the age of16 years is invited tojoin on payment of an annual subscription of$3.00 ($4.50 married couples;$2.00 for country members). The subscription tothe A.E.A. includes libraryfee. Members are kept intouch with A.E.A. programmesthrough a two-monthly News- letter which is circulatedto all members. In1970 it had 1,250 members, most of whomlived in the metropolitan areaof Melbourne. What does the A.E.A.do? Keeps the responsibleauthorities informed of the need forconstantly improving adulteducation services and facilities; acts as a channelof communication betweenstudents attending C.A.E. adult educationclasses and the Council ofAdult Education; pro- education; organises vides opportunities forinformal and recreational adult week-end schools andseminars on a wick r-ngeof topics; as-istsits bookings at concession ratesfor concerts, plays, members with block discussion of con- ballet performances;provides a platform for public troversial problems; providesfacilities for members withsimilar interests to form societiesdevoted to music, travel,drama, art, films, photography, cine-photography, writing, currentaffairs, languages andliterature. These groups meet at least once amonth. Organisations withlike interests (social, civic or cultural) mayaffiliate with the A.EA.and participate in its work: Branches may alsobe formed in countrydistricts or in suburbs. Because the A.E.A. worksin close co-operationwith the C.A.E., people find it difficult attimes to distinguish betweenthe two organisations. The distinction, however, isreal and clear. The C.A.E.is a government instrumentality, established by anAct of Parliament, receiving anannual appropriation from the VictorianGovernment. Its staff are public servants. The A.E.A. is a voluntaryassociafion, made up of individuals,associations and branches. It is represented onthe C.A.E. by one member,nominated by the A.E.A. and appointedby the Governor in Council onthe recommendation of the Minister ofEducation. Some typical activities are asfollows: Each year residential schools ate conducted indifferent centres, in such subjects asdrama, music, local history, painting, photography andwriting. Other activities, including luncheons with distinguished guestspeakers, are held regularly; 16theatre 103 102 parties are held during each year for parties of 50-150 members;'social evenings with a programme of a high standard of educational orcultural value. Anyone may enrol for membership of the Adult Education Associa- tion of Victoria. Publications: Newsletter, Annual Reports. President: Mr. L. H. Worsley, Ii Valley Road, Mount Waverley 3149. (Telephone: 277-4511).

COUNCIL OF ADULT EDUCATION The Council of Adult Education is a statutory body, charged with the broad functions of advising, reporting, planning, and the administration of adult education. Through the Minister of Education, the Council is responsible directly to the State Parliament, to which it reports annually. No history of the Council, however brief, can be completed without reference to the work of its predecessors. In 1891 the Council of the University of Melbourne established an Extcnsion Board with the object of disseminating "sound knowledge to men and women of whatever age and whatever station". This was to be achieved by "formal lectures, informal discussion and, where possible, by experimeni". On the invitation of Sir James Barrett, the Vice-Chancellor, Albert Mansbridge visited State capitals in 1913. His Melbourne visit resulted in the foundation of the Workers' Educational Association of Victoria. In 1914 the University established a Joint Committee for Tutorial Classes comprising representa- fives from its Extension Board and the newly formed W.E.A. The relationship between the two principals underwent two major changes; in 1921, W.E.A. Council members became members of the Extension Board and the Board and the Joint Committee for Tutorial Classes were amalga- mated by the University Council. The Board's constitution was modified from time to time but after the 1927 amendments the relevant University Statute remained unchanged until the foundation of the Council of Adult Education. Plans for the future of adult education in the light of the post-war situation were considered by the Board in 1944 and were submitted to the Minister of Education through and with the approval of the Council of Public Education. An Advisory Committee was commissioned to report to the Minister; it included representatives from the Extension Boardand the W.E.A. and had as its nucleus the State Advisory Committee for Ser- vices' Education then about to wind up. The recommendations of this committee were adopted substantially and incorporated in the Adult Education Act, 1946. This set up the Council of Adult Education which met for the first time in 1947. On the consolidation of the Education Acts in 1958 the Adult Education provisions with minor amendments were included as Part V of the new Act. Subsequent to the formation of the Council, the extension activities of the University of Melbourne, much curtailed, becr.-ne the responsibility of an Extension Committee. On the voluntary liquidation of the W.E.A. in 1948 the Adult Education Association of Victoria was formed to carry out certain functions considered to be more appropriate to a voluntary organisation than to the governmental agency. 104 1 3 The Council of AdultEducation comprises 23 members,six ex officio and the remainderappointed for three-year termsby the Governor in Council. Ex officiorepresentation is from theUniversity of Melbourne, Monash University, La TrobeUniversity, the Victoria Instituteof Colleges, the Education Department, theAustralian BroadcastingCommission, and the Council itself throughits Cabinet-appointedDirector. Eight of the appointed members are nominatedby interested bodies namedin the Act, and other associations. Of theremaining and four from amongst voluntary co-opted on the four, two are Governor inCouncil nominees and two are recommendation of the Council. TheCouncil does not employ anyfull- time academic staff whoseprimary duties are tuitionand/or research. Under its Director, four professionaladult education offiecks, alibrarian and two executive officersadminister different sections of theCouncil's work. They are assisted by28 full-time clerical andtechnical officers. All staff am housed in the AdultEducation Centre on the fourthfloor, 256 Flinders Street, Melbourne. During the financial year 1969/70nearly 400 part-fie tutors were engaged for the class programme.Engagements vary from a single lecture in a panel series to (in the case ofparticular specialists) a maximumof 180 lectures over three terms.The two syllabuses contained499 classes. The longest in duration werelanguage classes, with three-year courses, each year comprising three termsof ten or more weeks. Thebreakdown into subject grouping was: No. of Subject Grouping Enrolnwnis Classes 1824 72 Languages 88 . , 1616 Art ...... ,... CurrentAffairs,Politics,SocialIssues . . 1178 23 and Economics ...... Business, Accounting and Investment 1001 20 1-lobbies and Pastimes 933 42 English Expression and Grammar ,.... 915 24 , . ... 678 26 Music ...... ,... _ ... ,...... Psychology 630 12 612 12 Home and Garden 14 Science and Applied Science ...... 520 Speech 502 23 General 493 21 Food and Wine 416 6 Philosophy 381 8 Films, Drama and Dra atic Art 343 9 Creative Writina 326 21 Rligion 289 9 . 8 'Literature and Books ...... , ...... 264 Mathematics and Computers 261 11 Reading Improvement 228 18 Australian History ,... . 117 4 .,. Archaeology, Anthropology ...... 112 Travel and Description 109 2 Education 62 2 Higher School Certificate Classes 579 20 14,389 499 The discussion groupservice at June 30, 1969, had 534 member groups comprising6,053 individuals who receive notesand material on literature, music and art ateither monthly or fortnightly intervals. Some 100 of these were visited bystaff or part-time tutors. The only public lectures undertaken are thosegiven in association with the Commonwealth Literary Fund, the Charles Strong(Australian Church) Memorial Trust,

6 105 + ij 104 the University of MelbourneExtension Committee and like bodies. The Council organises anumber of schools of which the bestattended is the annual Art and CraftsSchool. A Spring School and aSummer Drama School are usual featuresand are normally residential. Conferences and seminars on current topics areheld regularly. Drama Tutorial Services wereprovided to a number of groups, two- thirds of these 1-v-ing in thecountry. Thiee or four classes areconducted in Pentridge Gaol each week.Subjects taught include music appreciation, art, current affairs,psychology, physics, Italian and readingimprovement . ne 1969-70: Government Contributi ns. Statutory Grant 50,000 Supplementary Grant 149, 400 199.400 Classes and DiscussionGroups 198, 445 Schools, etc. 24,275 Community Arts Service 1,062 941 Russell Street Theatre Rentals 2,517 Miscellaneous .. Balance brought forward1969/70 632 $427,272

Expenditure: $ Administrative 209,080 Classes and Discussion Groups 172,173 Schools, etc. 24,741 Community Arts Service 7,660 Russell Street Theatre 1,151 Miscellaneous 9,130 Balance as at 30-6-70 3,337 $427,272 There are links between C.A.E. and othereducational bodies. As stated, all Victorian Universities, theVictoria Institute of Colleges, the Education Department and the AustralianBroadcasting Commission have ex officio representation onthe Council. Other bodies representedwhose primary interest could be broadlyclassed as adult education are till Adult Education Association of Victoria,the Victorian Drama League, the Country Women's Association,the Library Council of Victoria, the Victorian Documentary Film Council, theNational Gallery of Victoria and the Institute of Applied Science. Asmight be expected, the closest link is with the Adult Education Association;the Council provides this body with premises and with administrativeand clerical assistance, and Council representation is reciprocal. This extract from theFirst Annual Report, 1947-48, expresses the principles which inspire most ofthe Council's activities: "The Council has endeavoured to provide a general service, to awide audience, and for that reason has notplacen the main emphasis on lectures, classesand discussion groups, which usually formthe staple diet of adult education. It has rather stressedmusic, drama, ballet and the arts as beingphases of education far too generally neglected,especially M the country districts which the Council hopes to serve.Charged with the function of providing some form ofadult education for the citizens of thewhole State, within the limits of its resources,the Council decided that it must attempt to present education in wayswhich would attract a wide audience."

106 1 °5 increased steadily insize and range ofsub- The classes programme cut-backs in the jects until veryrecently when therehave been small offered. The heavydependence on fees inthe total number of courses concentration on lessdemand- income of theCouncil has led to a greater than might otherwisebe thought (I('rale. At the ing, popular classes number of courses there has been asignificant increase in the same time, students. A featureof recent years with enrolmentmaximums of 15 to 20 expansion of daytimeclasses which, onthe whole, attract has been the student than eveningclasses. The a youngerand more enthusiastic continues to bepredominantly middleclass. Two out clientele for dasses centre for classesin industrial of three rece.attempts to establish a suburbs were abandoned. enrolment, but the same Summer schoolsdraw a near-capacity attract a wider individuals tend to reappear yearby year. Efforts to general public have not asyet been successful,Dis- cross-section of the need for regularvisits by cussion group enrolmentis growing but the trained discussion leadershas not so far beenmet. initial major success: tours The community artsservice achieved an with the object ofstimulating interest bydemon- of drama undertaken Music tours stration led to theformation of theVictorian Drama Leaaue. of touring havebeen suspended On were not sosuccessful, Both forms Service to the drama side tourshave been replacedby a Drama Tutorial amateur groupsthroughout the State. Melbourne, C.1. Vic oria3000. Diredor: Mr. C. R. Badger,256 Flinders Street, Phone: 63-4231.

COUNTRY WOMEN'SASSOCIATION OF VICTORIA Association of Victoriahas been in existence The Country Women's divided into 51 Groupswith, for 42 years andcomprises 704 Branches, in all 19,979members. throughout the State, Its chief aim isService not only to members in general wherever the Assoeiationfeels its but to the community wider world, particularly to our assistance is required;and thence into the neighbours in the SouthPacific. all adminis- On the property at3 Lansell Rd.,Toorak, are situated trative Aces as well as aresidential Club for the useof members and their friends. in. community serviceranks that for the mentally Chief among to the MentalHealth The Association hasdonated three panel vans Authority for use inrehabilitation projects, aswell as having estab- in three of theState's largest Mentalhospitals. lished Housecraft Centres of cookery and In these Centrespatients are trainedin the fundamentals home management,including sewing andhandcrafts. project is the trainingof Aboriginal womenin Another more recent in the the Centres ai SwanHill and Traralgon.This consists mainly teaching of handcrafts. worthy recipientswho have met with some Many membe:s and and from an Emergency sudden tragedy are helpedfinancially each year,

107 Fund world disasters, such as theEast Pakistan disaster of 1970 are promptly assisted ($1000 sent to this). Members desirous of developingtheir manual skills have every opportunity of doing so by attending"schools" which are held regularly in every type of handcraft. C.W.A. of Victoria is affiliatedwith the Associated Country Women of the World, the headquarters ofwhich is in London and whose membership exceeds 61 millions. General Secretary: Mrs J. W. Jordan. Address: Lansell Road, Toorak 3142. Telephone: 24-8971.

DEPARTMENT OF AGRICULTURE The Department of Agriculture, Victoria, catersboth for general groups of people such ashome gardeners, and specialists such as green- keepers and primary producers in the variousagricultural industries. By far the greatest attention is given to farmers. Evening classes are hcld at the Burnley College ofHorticulture and in 1970, 1,063 people attended 11 courses. Specialfacilities are available at this College for these short coursesin addition to the three year diploma course in horticultural sciencefor full time students. A continuing programme of adult educationfor farmers is provided by an extensive advisory service which suppliesindividual attention where possible but uses group methods and the massmedia mostly to get its information to farmers. Advisory officers are stationedin all of Victoria's major agricultural areas. Group methods of adult education includefield days, meetings, residential schools in country districts,discussion groups, agricultural shows, farm competitions and demonstrations. The Department of Agriculture conductsits own in-service training courses for advisoryofficers and strongly supports the Universityof Melbourne's post-graduate course for theDiploma of Agicultural Exten- sion. Publications: In its widespread mass mediaservices, the Department of Agriculture provides regular items for farmers through its ownpublications such as the Journal of Agrkulture and a series ofindustry Digests; regular news releases for the rural press; and weekly presentations onradio and television. Director of Agriculture: Dr. D. S. Wishart, Departmentof Agriculture, 3 Treasury Place, Melbourne 3002.

DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION SECONDARY SCHOOLS' DIVISION OF ADULT EDUCATION In the Melbourne and metropolitan area,evening classes are conducted in six high schools, where a complete rangeof subjects for Leaving and Higher School Certificate is offered. Approximately 350 classes are held in 86 countryhi c:L schools for more than 4,000students. A small number of these supply instruction in academic subjects; most of them areof a vocational nature and offer instruction in such subjects as Woodwork,Needlework and Art. 108 107 Classes in foreign languages,other than those taken nschool Co UrSes, are conducted onSaturday mornings at severaimetropolitan high schools. The subjects offered areDutch, Indonesian, Italian,Japanese, Mandarin Chinese, Modern Greek,Russian and Spanish. Circulars of informationconcerning the al), ye classes areavailable from the EducationDepartment at Treasury Place,Melbourne 3002. Telephone number 63-0321Extension 6881. Possibly the Department's mostsignificant contributionto adult education has been the developmentof its four country ContinuingEduca- tion Centres in Wangaratta,Benalla, Shepparton andWarragul. Though small in number, it is expectedthat the movement will develop overthe next few years. The scheme was initiatedin 1962 in Wangarattaand was set up in the vacated old HighSchool building, It openedwith a handful of short- term classes, apublic lecture and a filmscreening or two. Its growth has been exceptional. In1970, the WangarattaCentre offered 45 different terminal classes) and 16seminars and workshops, with courses (over 70 Centre a studentenrolment in these of over2,500. For these activities, the engaged 157 tutors, 98 ofwhom were brought fromMelbourne and 30 of these fromUniversities. to a few Its class programmeincludes courses of from three years of its 1970 courses wereof one year duration weeks duration. Fourteen level, or longer, oneof half-year, two weremonthly tutorials at University and the rest of 12 weeks orless. They range from PublicExamination Philosophy and Teachertutorials, International and Language classes, business and Affairs, Psychology andCommunity Development, through communications courses, tohobbies and general interestactivities.Its seminar and workshop progammeincludes Administration Seminars, Farm School, TeacherEducation Workshops, andHobby Clinics. Outside of its formal programme,which has also extended toneai-by towns, the Centreholds single lectures, musicrecitals, imported play performances, film nights, artexhibitions; is the regular "home"of over 12 local groups; has been,in 1970, used by over 30other outside organisations on an occasionalbasis; is now the venue of awide variety of conferences, seminars andmeetings conducted byother organisations; offers a general districtbureau of educational guidanceand assistance. The Centre has beenable to establish itself as acommunity centre, involved in communitydevelopment and education atall levels, through its local autonomy. Whilstthe Department makesthe physical provisions available, as it would to anyexisting school, and has provided afull-time Director seconded from theteaching service, it has givencomplete autonomy in mattersof policy, programmeand finance to a locally representative voluntary committee.This Committee is asub-Committee of the local High School AdvisoryCouncil which has accepted responsibility for the scheme on behalfof the Department itself. It isthus that The Centre has been able to develop aprogramme which isappropriate to its community needs. It hasextended this, particularly in teachereducation, to service a wide region,and, in its seminars in Administration,to draw people from throughoutthe whole State. TheProceedings of its seminars have been in widedemand.

109 108 Locally, The Centre has close links with anumber of other oi-ganisa- dons, particularly with the Wangaratta ArtsCouncil and the Educational Planning and Development Committee.Fromitsprogramme have developed a number of voluntary groupswhich it continuest,support without any direct affiliation with TheCentre itself. There followed in 1965, 1968 and1969 respectively,c.Atresin Benalla, Shepparton and Warragul.Each of the four centres has the same administrative pattern,based on Departmental provision andlocal decision, and each has developed a programmeof size and content appropriate toitslocality.This model and the resultant activityin Wartgaratta has caused considerableinterest, not only in this State, but elsewhere in Australia and overseas. Publications:Proceedings of Seminars inEducational and Local Government Administration; Ned Kelly Man and Myth; H.S,C, Studies 1969, /070. Address: Department of Education,Treasury Place, Melbourne 3002. The Director, Centre for ContinuingEducation, Chisholm Street Wangaratta 3677. The ExecutiveOfficer, Forum, Benalla3672; PA.C.E. Shepparton3630; P.R,O,C.E,E.D., Warragul 3820,

DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH Throughout its hiztory of almost elevendecades and especially since the creation of the Commission ofPublic Health in 1919, the Department of Health has been activelyengaged in educational activities aimed at the prevention of disease and thepreservation of health. Education is at present carried out on fourbroad fronts: ( Public lectures and film screenings by medicalofficers and trained laymen are held at various times andplaces, and often in conjunction with associated bodies such ;:s. theAnti-Cancer Council of Victoria. Subjects covered include thecommunicable diseases, irdustrial health, cancer, tuberculosis, civic andpersonal hygiene, mental health, and drug abuse. Ten medical officersarc engaged in full-time lecturingin the teachers' colleges. Full use is made of modernaids to learning such as visual aids, and demonstration anddiscussion techniques. (iii)Education of mothers and expectant mothers iscontinually carried out in Victorian infant welfare centres andpre-natal clinics. Field workers receive considerable assistance through lecturesgiven by Departmental personnel. Address: 295 Queen Street, Melbourne,Victoria 3000.

MONASH UNIVERSITY UNION SUMMER SCHOOL The Monash Summer School was inaugurated in January,1969. This was a pilot projectinitiated by the Activities Officer in the University Union. Fifteen courses were offered in ten subjects and 181people took part. The title was then "Vacation Courses".Subjects offered were Pottery, Jewellery, Sculpture, Abstract Art, TonalRealism, Italian, Hebrew, Piano, EffectiveSpeaking and Dressmaking.Courses werenon-residential, t"jt09110 University Hall of Resi- although accommodation wasavailable at the dence. Members of thepublic paid full fees,but the University Union subsidised the students' fees. The response from thepublic was considerable,and it was therefore decided to increase thenumber of courses thefollowing year. the number of courses wasextended, and the In January, 1970, Twenty courses in 15 school was renamed"Monash Summer School". A total number of 536people took part, ofwhich subjects were offered. cent of enrolments 230 were Monashstudents. Therefore, over 50 per came frommembers of the public. New courses wereModern Dance, Life Drawing& Painting, Creative the Stock Exchange, Arts, Weaving, PoetryWriting, Small Investors and and Learning to Study atUniversity Level. These Typing, Photography, from were day andnight non-residential courses,and their length varied fees were no longersubsidised, but they wereallowed 1-5 weeks. Students' from the one month'spriority for enrolling. Theonly subsidy received University Union was $700for equipment costs. All courses were filled,with long waiting lists, soit was decided that the number of coursesshould again be extended inthe next year. The 1971 SummerSchool offers 30 coursesin 22 subjects. New Drama, Film Making,Folk Guitar, Folk Songsand Folk subjects are using new and Lore, Gemmology andGem Cutting, Ikebana,Painting Experimental Techniques,Sumi-e(JapanesePainting), Weaving on 4-shaft looms, andSpinninr. The courses will beself-supporting, and it isanticipated that less than $500 will berequired in subsidy from theUniversity Union. Course fees have been kept to aminimum, and range from$4.50 for Folk Songs and Fr"; Lore to$20 for Film Making. people have been acceptedfor the 1971 Summer A total of 650 (over 16 year3 of age). School, 400 of whom aremembers of the public these courses is such thatagain all waiting lists have The popularity of been turned away. been filled, and manyintending applicants have event at Monash The Summer Schoolis now established as a yearly University. It has exposed atremendous demand foradult education Monash Summer over 2,000enquiries have beenreceived for the 1971 School. Officer, Monash University , Further information isavailable from the Activities Clayton, Victoria 3168.Phone: 544-0811.

NATIONAL FITNESSCOUNCIL OF VICTORIA Council oi Victoria wasestablished in 1939 The National Fitness provisions of the and constituted a statutorycorporation in 1961 under the National Fitness Council ofVictoria Act 1960. The State Minister ofHea.th is President of theCouncil and members are appointed byGovernor-in-Council. The Council providestraining courses for teachersand youth leaders, particularly in skills such asbushwalking, mountaineering,skiing, canoe- activities ing. It offers programmes for youngadults in a wide range of of which skiing is the most popular. It conducts camping programmes for all age ranges and fatni4 groups. The Council operates four standing camps which are available for use by community groups. Chia Executive Officer: Mr. N. D. Anderson, 131 Queen Street ,Melbourne 3000. Phone: 67-6391.

NATIONAL GALLERY OF VICTORIA The National Gallery of Victoria vvas founded in 1861. Itisa branch of the Victorian Chief Secretary's Department administered until 1966 by a board of seven honorary Trustees, which was reconstituted by act of parliament as the Council of Trustees, consisting of nine members. Early in 1968 the Gallery moved to its new building in the Victorian Arts Centre in St. Kilda Road, where it re-opened in August of that year. The National Gallery of Victoria includes the Art Museum and the National Gallery Schools. Its most important collections are in European Paintings, Oriental Art, Prints and Drawings; the latter include the Barlow collection of Durer's graphic art, and 36 watercolour drawings by William Blake. Notable among the paintings are three works by Rembrandt, Tie- polo's Banquet of Cleopatra, Poussin's Crossing of the Red Sea, Memling's Pieta, a fine collection of English eighteenth century portraits, landscapes by Constable and Turner and a representative collection of Australian art of all periods. Many of the finest items inthe collections have been acquired through generous bequests, the most important of which is the Felton Bequest, in operation since 1904. A more recent endowment isthe Everard Studley Miller Bequest, devoted to portraiture which has made invaluable contributions to the sections of painting, sculpture and Prints and Drawings. The Council publishes a fully illustrated catalogue of European Painting before eighteen hundred, an annual Art Bulletin of Victoria, and in association with the Oxford University Press, a series of illustrated booklets covering special aspects of the collection such as Female Costume, English Pottery, French Impressionism, Early Australian Painting, Silver, Renaissance Art, Four Contemporary Australian Landscape Painters, Greek Vases in the Felton Collection, and Australian Abstract Art. The National Gallery Society, whose membershin exceeds 7,000 offers an eXtensive programme of lectures, films and concerts. Education Officers seconded from the Education Department provide an education service where lectures are given in the Gallery to schools and with exhibitions visiting country centres where lectures are given to schools. The exhibitions are also arranged for the Victorian Galleries Group. Director: mr. Eric Westbrook, F.G.A., F.M.A., F.R.S.A., 180 St. Kilda Road, Melbourne, Vic. 3004. Telephone: 62-7411.

NATIONAL MUSEUM OF VICTORIA The National Museum of Victoria was founded on 1st March, 1854 in Assay Office, Latrobe Street West, Melbourne. In 1856, the collection was moved to the University of Melbourne and was established at the present location in 1899. It is administered by a Board of Trustees j 112 1 appointed under the State Library,National Gallery, National Museum and Institute of AppliedScience Aet, 1960. Itis responsible to the Minister, the Honourable theChief Secretary of Victoria, Ithas a library of 40,000 volumes, collectionsof fossils and minerals andZoology and Anthropology exhibits. The Museum staff numbers41, including 11 Scientific staffand six Education Officers. Publications: Memoirs of the NammalMuseiin of Victoria and Nationid Handbook Series. Director: Mr. John McNally. Address: 285-321 Russell Street.Melbourne, Victoria 3000.

THE SCIENCE MUSEUM OFVICTORIA The Science Museum wasfounded in 1870 as the Industrialand Technological Museum. (From1944 to 1960 it was called theMuseum of Applied Science, andfrom 1960 to 1970 theInstitute of Applied Science.) Control and managementof the Museum are by anhonorary Council appointed by the Governor-in-Council, and itoperates asa branch of the Victorian Departmentof Chief Secretary. Theprincipal source of finance is byParliamentary Appropriation. The Science Museum issituated in Swanston Street, occupyingmost of the area vacated by theNational Gallery subsequent to thelatter's move to the St.Kilda Road location. Itsobjectives are to present displays on ,ipplied aspectsof all branches of science forthe enjoyment and education of the public, to supplyenquiry services, produce guideliterature, provide special services such asplanetarium and observatory lectures, conduct research, etc. There is extensivecollaboration with schools, and thisactivity is supported by the EducationDepartment which seconds a team of seven teachers to see to the needsof visiting school groups. The display galleries are open tothe public from 10 a.m. to 5 p.m. on Monday to Saturday, andfrom 2 p.m. to 5 p.m. on Sundays.The H. V. McKay Planetarium conductspublic sessions at times which maybe ascertained on enquiry, andconducted parties are received at the Obser- vatory (Domain site) onsix evenings per month intendingvisitors must pre-book for inclusion in these. Publications: Various informationleafle s are available free of charge andother publications are on sale. TheReport of Activities is published annually. Director: R. Hindle Fowler, M.Agr.Sc.,M.A.T.A.S., F.R.S.A, Address: 304-328 Swanston Street,Melbourne 3000. Telephone: 663-4811.

SOCIAL WELFAREDEPARTMENT TRAINING DIVISION Under the Social WelfareAct 1960 a Social Welfare Training Council was established.This Council has 12 memberswhich include the Superintendent of Training, theDirectors of Prisons, Youth Welfare and Family Welfare Division,representatives of the University ofMelbourne, Education Department and personsexperienced in the fields of social work training and ChildCare. The main functions of theCouncil are to exercise generalsupervision 113112 over theoreticaland practical trainingprescribed by the Council, to prescribe courses of instructionand training in Social Welfareand to conduct examinations inconnection with these courses. In order to implementthe decisions of the Council, aTraitiing Division was established at theInstitute of Social Welfare, 12Lisson Grove, Hawthorn, inApril, 1962. Since that date a considerablenumber of courses have been conducted for stile ,nts fromboth statutory and voluntaryinstitutions. Each year these courseinclude Part 1 Courses fokPrisons, Youth and Child Care, a part time Part 1Course in Child Care, Part 2and 3 Courses for Youth and Child Care, afull time 12 months course forWelfare Officers, a full time 12 months coursein Child Care, a full time two year course for a Diplomaof Youth Leadership, coursesfor Honorary Pro- bation Officers, for senior andchief prison officers as well as a numberOf shorter courses and seminars. It is anticipated that theYouth Leadership Course will shortlybe extended to a third year. Considerationis also being given to alterationsin the courses for child care. Publications: The Institute of SocialWelfare issues an annual handbook of courses available, giving details of entryrequirements for each course. Superintendent of Training: Mr. G. S.Smale, 12 Lissor Grove, Hawthorn, Vic.

STATE FILM CENTRE The Centre is a free, 16 mm.documentary film library,, whose work is supervised by the VictorianDocumentary Film Council, an independent advisory committee to the VictorianGovernment. The film library was establishedin June, 1946, and is required to promote and assist thescreening of documentary films in Victoria, to maintain a free film-lendinglibrary and a library of film information. In the course of its work, theCentre has built up a valuable and varied collection of 14,500 films andcirculates them to approximately 1,800 regular borrowers each yearand, in addition, lends films occasionally to another thousandorganisations. Borrowers represent all sections of the community and include overfive hundred schools, collegesand university groups. Following a policy of decentralisation, theCentre supplies a monthly collection of films and regular filminformation to 11 regional libraries throughout Victoria. In addition, the Centre'stravelling projectionist takes screenings to country areas, in many casesworking with other government bodies. The State Film Centre has becomerecognised as a leading source of films, information onfilm matters, and of reliable technicaladvice relating to the presentation andproduction of 16 mm motion pictures. It gives free advice toschools, film societies, industries and the 16 mm. film user in general. It is whollyfinanced by the Government of Victoria. Publications: Annual Report. Chief Executive Officer: Mr.David Swift, 1 Macarthur Street East Melbourne 3002. Telephone: 651-6185. 113 THE STATE LIBRARY OFVICTOR!A The State Library ofVictoria formerly thePublic Library of Vic- toria was established in1856 and the presentbuilding was erected in 1913. In 1965 the La Trobe wing wasopened. The Library Council ofVictoria Act was passed in1965 by the State Parliament. One of thefunctions of the LibraryCouncil is to manage and control the StateLibrary. The Library which is abranch of the Chief Secretary'sDepartment receives its finances from theState Government. The Reference Library isthe basic research libraryfor the State. 4,500 current It holds approximately850,000 books, files approximately periodicals, about 2,500Government publications fromAustralia and overseas and 370 newspapers. houses the State Library'scollection of Aus- The La Trobe Library collection includes also tralian, New Zealandand Pacific materials. The 30,000 pictures and objectsof historic, interestand many newspapers, diaries, etc. preservation of G- vern- The Archives Divisionis responsible for the State. ment Departmentaland Semi Governmentrecords o, The Lending Library wasopened i.i 1892. In 1920 theRegulations allow the despatch ofbooks to persons living in country were amended to be areas. As from28th February, 1971,the Metropolitan Section will closed and will bereplaced by a support service toMunicipal Lending Libraries. Principal Librarian: T. A.Kealey, 328 Swauston Street,Melbourne, Vic. 3000. Public Libraries in Victoria The provisim bylocal government of freepublic library service in the establishment by theState Government of the Victoria dates from Library Council of Free Library ServiceBoard in 1947. Under the Victoria Act 1965, thecontrol of the Board passed tothe Library Council of Victoria and itsPublic Libraries Divisionprovides leadership and planning for the publiclibraries of the State. Councils representing 3,140,471Victoriuts, 92.8% In 1970, 171 library grants amount- cf the State's population,shared State Government expenditure from these Councils' ing to $1,599,630.With the addition of expenditure on municipalpublic library services in1970-71 own funds head of the was $4,587,105ariaverage expenditure of $1.46 per population served. Tn 1968/698t. 3,432 regular registeredborrowers used the services to the extentof 14,480,802 issues. 111 of the municipalitieshave co-operated to establish_ 26regional libraries to provide thebenefits of larger bookstocksand more qualified isgrowing rapidly staff.In addition co-operationbetween libraries particularly in the areas ofinter-library loan, subjectspecialisation and inter-availability of readers tickets.

UNIVERSITY OF MELBOURNE EXTENSION COMMITTEE Until 1947,alladult education in Victoria wasarranged and organised by the UniversityExtension Board in conjunctionwith the Workers' Educational Association(a voluntary organisation).When the

115 14 Council of Adult Education was set up, theExtension Board was replaced thr 17.xtension Committee whose moremodest aim was to arrange public lectures of high academic level, which weregiven by University staff or visiting academics. The Committee's functionshave 'broadened a little since then. The govcrr'ng body has a membership of ten,consisting of Vice- Chancellor (chairman), the Chairman of the ProfessorialBoard, the Director of Adult Education, five members nominated annuallyby the Profess,,rial Board, and thc secretary and assistantsect,- -aryof the Committee. The Committee's secretary and assistant sec) etary are members of the University's academic staff and areengaged only part-time administering the Extension Committee's activities. They are assistedby two-full-time typist-clerks. Public lectures are given by: ( Visiting scholars who are temporarily attached to one ofthe Uni- versity's Departments or who are passing through Melbourne on a tour arranged by such bodies as U.N.E.S.C.O. orthe British Council. Members of the University staff who have the opportunity tospeak on aspects of their subjectof interest or help to people outside the University (e.g. those who teach or study matriculationsubjects) or the opportunity to speak abouttheir recent research (e.g. on return from sabbatical leave). Speakers from within or without the University whose lectures are arranged in conjunction with some outside society or institution (e.g. The Mental Health Research institute, the AustralianSociety of Accountants). All these lectures are fr t.. and open to the public. Thelecturers' fees are paid by the Extension 'ommittee, except in category(iii), when the fee is usually paid by the outside body, often from anendowment especially intended for that purpose(e.g.the Arthur Norman Smith Memorial Lecture in Journalism Fund or the Commonwealth Literary Fund). Other courses of lectures are jointly sponsoredby the Extension Committee and a particular University Department, thecharges for which vary. These courses may be for anymember of the public who is interested, or may be intended as refrestirx courses for specialisedprofessional men (e.g. physical instrumentation for medical measurement;blueprints for living). Screenings of scientific films are arranged with theco-operation of the University's Department of Audio-Visual Aids, while summerschools are conducted by iivagedepartments of the University in the latter part of the long vacation and arepublicised througn the Extension Committee. The Committee also gives help to countryadult education centres by providing lecturers from time to time.

Revenue, 1969: State Government Grant 2,000.00 Revenue from Courses 3,497.00 Deficit met from University Grant 11,034.50 16,531.94

116 Expenditure: Administration... 6,637.48 Public Lectures 6,606.11 Fee-Paying Courses 3,288.35 16,531.94 The Extension Committee and theCouncil of Adult Education are represented on each other's governingbodies, while the Extension Com- mittee is linked with other organisationsin two ways: (i) by arranging lectures to be given by those visitingAustralia under the auspices of the British Council or UNESCO; (ii) byjointly sponsoring lectures with such bodies as the Italian CulturalInstitute, Victorian Geography Teacl,crs' Association, Australian Society of Accountants,The Classical Associat of Victoria, Victorian SocialWelfare Department. The Committee's aim is to extendthe work of the University tohe community by organising lectureo of ahigh academic standard which the public may attend. The workingassumptionisthat those attending lectures are of much the same mentolcalibre as the average university student though nrPfxessarily of the sameeducational background. The main aim is to inlf,t information, through the lecturemedium, that might not otherwise be easilyavailable, rather than help people todevelop themselves. Thus, except in a few highlytechnical courses, there is nc emphasis on class participationbut a period at the end of lecturesallows the audience to clarify points by askingquestions. There has been a markedincrease in attendance at public lectures over the last few yearsbut probably the most notable changehas been in the development of specialistrefresher courses inscientificfields. Further development and growthin the range of activities is likely when a full-time director is appointed;this move has already been agreed to in principle but has been temporarilydeferred because of lack of funds. Secretary: Secretary, Extension Committee,The University of Melbourne, Carlton. N.3, Vic. 3052.

VICTORIAN COLLEGES OFADVANCED EDUCATION The Victoria Institute ofColleges was first incorporated under State legislation in 1965. It is anautonomous body which operatesunder an Act similar to that of auniversity. The role of the Institute, morespecific- ally laid down in lateramending legislation, is to foster thedevelopment and improvement of allinstitutions, other than the universities,offering tertiary education in Victoria.The most important of the Institute's responsibilities include: advising theVictorian Government on all non- university tertiary education;rationalising tertiary academic developments and the oversight of academicstandards; awarding degrees, diplomas, and other awards to studentsof the affiliated colleges attainingappropriate standards in approved courses;making recommendations to the Govern- ment on the capital andrecurrent financial requirements ofthe colleges for each triennium, and determiningthe distribution of these funds tocolleges; co-ordinating the developr.lent niajor buildings and equipment pro- salary scales grammes; makingrecommendations to the Government on for college staffs; and determiningthe staff establishments of thecolleges. 117 116 The VIC. is thus Used. not a teachinginstitution, but a co-ordinating agency with which individual autonomouscolleges may become affiliated. The V.I.C. is at present governed by aCouncil of 30 members, drawn from the affiliated colleaes, theuniversities and other educational areas, Parliamentaryrepresentatives, commerce and industry. Academic assessments are made by a Boardof Studies, which is, in turn, advised by a series of Schools Boards andCourse Development Committees in particular fields of study. All colleges affiliated with the V I C aregoverned by their own autonomous councils. Many of these arelongstanding corporate bodies which have had responsibility for theirinstitutions from their inception. Other councils have been morerecently incorporated to manage the tertiary operations of those affiliatedcolleges which were formerly under the cor.trol of the Education Department. The affiliated colleges at presentaward diplomas and will continue to do so; the award of degreesis the prerogative of the V.I.C. There are at present 21 recognisedcolleges of advanced educat on inVictoria, of which 16 are affiliated with theVictoria Institute of Colleges. Whereas the majority are"poly-technic" in nature, catering for a wide range ofvocational interests, in, for instance, art,architecture, building, business sLudies, science and engineering, some areexclusively concerned v ith the preparation of students foronly one profession, such as agriculture or pharmacy. The affiliated colleg-s are: Metropolitan Colleges: Caulfield Institute of Technology, 900Dandenong Road, Caulfield East 3145. College of Nursing, Australia, 2-6 Arthur Street,Melbourne 3004. Footscray Institute of Technology, BallaratRoad, Footscray 3011. Prahran College of Technology, 142 Hi,-h Scet,Prahran 3181. Preston Institute of Technology, St. Georges Road,Preston 3072. Royal Melbourne Institute of Technology, 124 LatrobeStreet, Mel- bourne 3000. Swinburne College of Technology, John Street, Hawthorn3122. Occupational Therapy School of Victoria, 625 SwanstonStreet, Carlton 3053. Physiotherapy School of Victoria, 625 Swanston Street,Carlton 3053. Victorian School of Speech Therapy, 625 Swanston Street,Carlton 3053. Victorian College of Pharmacy, 381 Royal Parade,Parkville 3052.

Country Colleges: Ballarat Inst. of Advanced Education, Lydiard Street,South Ballarat 3350. Bendigo Inst. of Technology, McCrae Street, Bendigo3550. Gordon Inst. of Technology, Fenwick Street, Geelong3220. Gippsland Inst. of Advanced Education, Box 63,Newborough 3828. Warrnambool Inst. of Advanced Education, KeplerStreet, Warrnam- bool 3280.

118 117 The Role of the Collegesin Adult Education College courses aregenerally operated on both afull and part-time school leavers and those basis and both forms oftraining are available to of a more mature age whohave the necessarypre-requisite qoalifications. In addition to thenormal diploma and degree courses,short courses Data Processing)are in specialisedtopics(for example Electronic available at some of thecolleges, while e,a.1 I studies courses are available in a variety oftopics at Inquiries regardingparticular courses and theirentry requirements should be directed tothe Registrar of the collegeconcerned. Melbourne, Vic. 3004. Address: Victorialr.stitute of Colleges, 582 St.Kilda Rd ehone: 51-99. I.

ICTORIAN DRAMALEAGUE The Victorian DramaLeague was founded in1952 at a meetir.g Council of Adult Education, tomeet a growing arranged by the Victorian Itis demand for specialisedassistancefor amateur drama groups. administered by a Council of22, beaded by aPresident, Secretary and Treasurer, all of whom areelected by its 261 groupand 30 individual, members. All officerswork in an honorarycapacity. The Drama Libraryand office are located at566 Lonsdale Street, Melbourne, and threesalaried officers are needed tohandle the large bookwork involved. The volume of borrowingsfrom the library, and the members throughout the state,and to a small m.Imber plays are sent to plays in sets (varying of interstate members.The library contains 1,585 from eight to 50copies per set) 681single copies of lessfrequently produced plays. and 350reference books. operation, the League organised aFestival of One In its first year of since, developing into a Act Plays, which hasbeen held annually ever metropolitan) regions. State-wide Festivalcovering six country (and one The League maintains anadvisory service, sendingspeakers and requested. The League isfinanced basic- adjudicators to drama groups as augmented by a small ally from the AnnualSubscriptions of its members, annual pant fromthe State Cultural Fund,which subsidises the library service. Wm. .Srrtarv Mrs. L.Caudwell, 566 Lonsdale St.,Melbourne 3000. Tel.: 67-4025.

119 118 WESTERN AUSTRALIA

AUDIO VISUAL EDUCATION CENTRE AND THE WESTERN AUSTRALIAN STATE FILM CENTRE The Audio Visual Education CcA.tre was commenced in 1946 as a Branch of the Western Australian Education Department and isconcerned with the supply and effective use of a wide variety of media which include sound and TV broadcasting, 16 mm. motion, sound films, 35 mm. filmstrips, gramophone recordings, study prints and overhead projection transparencies. The Centre maintaMs a staff of teachers who plan all aids used to meet the needs of specific school areas; in addition aproduction staff is employed to produce these aids. Several teachers from the Branch work with officers of the Australian Broadcasting Commission inthe preparation of both radio aid television programmes. Catalogues covering all the aids available are held in every school: These are kept up-to-date through the publication of loose-leaf inserts. Detailed information of eat Aaid is published in the catalogue. Schools Aire supplieh with order books for audio visual materials. Each order covers a maximum period of six weeks. Schools are limited in the number of aids available at any one time, dependent upon the sire of school. All necessary information is set ow in the order books. Another functi.in of the Branch isthe In-Service education of teachers in the effective use of audio visual aids. Teachers employed at the Branch are required to have the interest, aptitude and qualifications necessary for the development of service which is rendered through courses organised in collaboration with the Education Department's In-Service Branch. The Audio-Visual Education Branch also a.Iministers the Western Australian State Film Centre. In 1947, the then Min..,Ler for Educatio,; established the State Visual Education Advisory Committee; in 1968 the Committee was re-constituted as the Western Australian State Film Centre Advisory Committee and advises the Minister on matters in connection with the acquisition of non-theatrical, educational, technical and documentary films and their distribution amongst interested oreanisations throughout Western Australia, and acts as liaison between interested organisations ia Western Aiistralia and the National L:1,rary of Australia in Canberra. Superintendent: Mr. G. A. Smith, Audio Visual Education Centre, Vincent Street, Leederville, Western Australia 6007.

THE COUNTRY WOMEN'S ASSOCIATION OF WESTERN AUSTRALIA (INC.) The Country Women's Association of Western Australia (Inc. ) was formed in 1924. It aims are to impme the welfare and conditions of life of women and children living in the country; to promote a wise and kindly spirit; to encourage co-operation and community effort and _to extend to such women and children, help in distress, emergency, or affliction.

120 .11 The Association isnon-political and non-sectarian. Over the yc'ars through the Annual Conference,members have pressed for reform and improvements in education, railwayservices, home safety, hospital conditions, child welfare, road safetyand many other matters; andall political parties have come torecognise and value the opinions and ideas put forward by theAssociation. Branches work according to the needsand interests of their particular area in mattersof welfare and community effort;but over the whole State interests such ashandicrafts. choirs, and drama work are the same. The Association administers anEmergency Housekeeper Servicefor country families. Throughout the State there areseaside flats, and cottages iun by the branches or Divisions wheremembers may spend their holidays at reasonable cost. There are two agedhome projects, one provides full board for 12 and the otherself-contained units for ten. C.W.A. House at 1174 Hay Street, WestPerth, includes Head Office of theAssociation and a modern ResidentialClub at which non-members as well asmembers and their families are welcome. Publications: An OfficialAnnualpublishedinAugust eachyear,Magazine, The Countrywomen published monthly. State Secretary: Mrs. N. E.Barrett,1174 Hay Street, W. Perth, W.A. 6005. Telephone: 21-6041. DEPARTMENT OF AGRICULTURE As part of its functionin furthering the State's Agriculture,the Western Australian Departmentof Agriculture provides an extension service which aims to educatefarmers and make available to them technical information to helptheir farmin, activities. The extension services arebased on several main avenues: Contact with farmers byfield advisers at some 25 country centres. 1. in all 2.Numerous field days, meetingsand so on arranged for farmers farming areas and attendedby the Department's advisers andtechnical specialists. Many ofthese functions are run in co-operationwith farmer organisations such aspasture groups, farmers'information services and so on. Short schools for farmers,including instruction in shearing, wool- classing, stock management,fruit growing and dairying. 4. Mass media. ThcDepartment runs a weekly informationservice for press andradiocontaining items of practical valuefor farmers. Regular radio talks arealso broadcast, mainly on the A.B.C."Country Hour", which is heard by mostW.A. farmers. Some district offices produce newsletters for djrectmailing to farmers and prepare weekly columns for local newspapers.The Department's Film Unit provides material for a country televisionnetwork covering the southern and south western parts of the state. Special efforts are alsomade to service other organisations, such as stock firms, and farm managementconsultants, which are in regular contact with farmers. wlich is Publicafions: The Departmentpublishes a mmthly Journal of Agriculture distributed free to all farniers.Specialist publications are also producedfor particular groups and a large numberof bulletins on particular subjects are available free to farmers, and to others onrequest. Director: Dr. T. C. Dunne, Departmentof Agriculture, South Perth, W.A.6151. Telephone: 67-1841. 121 1 DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION TECHNICAL EDUCATION DIVISION In 1966 the Technical EducationDivision established an Adult Education programme designed tocomplement that offered by the Uni- versity ot Western Australia's AdultEducation and Extension divisions, under the general auspices of an AdultEducation Co-ordinating Com- mittee comprising 11 metropolitantechnical institutions and the University of W.A. Its Chairman is SuperintendentR. C. Horner. Eight adult education centres withfulltime educationofficers function in the metropolitan area, one atGeraldton and one at Albany. In 31 other centres part-time officers arein charge. The courses offered are in non-vocationaland non-examinable subjects, in a wide range of creative work in the arts, home andleis are time activities, while courses involving academic subjects are offered by theuniversity. In 1970 44 different subjects were taughteach term with an averaje enrolment of 3,732. In 1970, at 50 centres, 28 adulteducation courses for Aboiginals WM: taught with an averageenrolment per term of 3,877. Officer in Charge: Adult Education Section:Superintendent R. C. Morner. Address:Education Department,TechnicalEducationDivisior 36Parli -ament Place. West Perth 6011 5. Phone: 21-8445.

HEALTH EDUCATION COUNCIL OF WESTERNAUSTRALIA The Council was established as a corporatebody by the Health Education Council Act, 1958. Public Health andEducation Departments, medical and dental associations, the University, communitybodies and the mass media are represented. The purpose of .he Council is to assist people in mattersconcerning personal and community health problems, where theindividual's participation is necessary to support or extend any actionwhich can be taken by central or local government agencies. The Council endeavours to strengthen and assist theeducational functions of all members of the public health team and to supporttheir health education activities on a sustained and organisedbasis. As much as possible, the efforts of the massmedia are intended to supplement on-going community programmes. The Council brings together people doctors, nurses, teachers, dentists, health ins:ectors engaged in health education of the public for interchange of views, experience and methods. Assistanceis given to communit7 groups engaged inessentially health education work, e.g. Mental Health Association, CanteenOrganis- ers' Association, P. & C. Associations, as opportunity arises. Council staff hold part-time appointments at the Universityand three schools of nursing. Publications: The Council produces health education material such as pamphlets for the general public and specialised teaching aids such as films and posters for specific groups or health workers, including teaching aids for secondary health education courses. The Council publishes a quarterly journal Health In au West in collaboration with the Public Health Associationof Westecn Australia. Adii:ress: PD. Box 42, West Pe7t1-',V.A. 6905. Tel23-1687. 122 121 INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY The Western AustralianInstitute of Technology is oneof several colleges of advancededucation that are beieg developedthroughout the Commonwealth. An autonomousorganisation, the institute's main campus is situated on a240-acre site at South Bentley,six miles south of Perth. The project also embracesthe W.A. School of Mines atKalgoorlie, Muresk Agricultural College at Northam,and the former schools ofPhysiotherapy form the Depart- and Occupational Therapywhich have been combined to ment of Therapy. The Institute is primarilyconcerned with providing a _firstprofessional their qualificationattertiaryleveltostudents who have completed secondary education, and iscurrently offering 45 separate courses.The normal entrance to associateship coursesis Institute Matriculationwhich requires a candidate to haveattained an aggregate of 270 orbetter ' percentage marks obtainedin English and four othersubjects of tne Leaving examination. Diploma coursesrequire an aggregate of 250marks. However, as the demand has grownthere has been an increasing number of short courses orrefresher courses offered by anumber of departments. These are mainlyspecialist courses at post-graduatelevel aimed at people in industry, commerce,or education whofind they need to study a particular areaof their profession at adeeper level. T various departments offering short coursesfor the 1971 academic year Department of Physics offersshort courses of a specialisednature Microseopy, in Vacuum Technology,Photographic Techniques, Optical Glassworking, X-Ray FluorescenceSpectrometry, Electron Microscopy, Physics, X-Ray Analysis, ActivationAnalysis, R Jiation Physics, Health Mass Spectrometry, ComputerTechnology, Physics of Semi-conductors, - Rheoiogy, Plastics, andRefresher Courses in ModernPhysics. Department of Chemist-y runsshort coursesinareas such as Chromatographic Techniques,UV Visible Spectrophotometry,Atomic specialised nature and Absorption Spectroscopy.These are of a highly serve as refreshercourses for graduatesand associates in Chemistry. Generally the courseswill run for 10-12 weeksconsisting of 4 hours per week atnight, with lectures andlaboratory sessions. This department also includes Geology and runs ashort course in Mineral andRock Recognition. This is afull-time intense course lastingfor 2 weeks in vacation time for people withlittle or no previous backgroundof geology. The Department ofSurveying was approached in1970 to run short course,, of lectures onprogramming the Hewlett-Packard9100B Computer and Peripheral Attachments,and the Olivetti Programme101. These are courses dependent onpublic demand and if there aresufficient enrolments will be held annually. in Applied The Department ofGeneral Studies offers a diploma course Linguistics, which is available tothose who have at least a firstprofessional qualification. This diplomaprovides for major studies inAsian language and Linguistics and is planned as apart-time course of 7-8 hoursof lectures a week over 3 years. Department of Accounting andBusiness Studies offerspost-graduate diplomas in Cost and ManagementAccounVeg and Public Accounting. These are designed to meet theneeds of industly, governmentand public

I 123 122 practice for persons who specialisein management accounting, or in auditing, taxation and management services. These courses are postgraduate to the Associateship in Accounting. The Department also offers a post-graduate course in dataprocessing which provides additional training for qualified accountants in eomputer programming and systems analysis. Department of Adn -istrative Studies runs an Executive Development Progr imme twice a year. This is a three-week full-time coursedesigned for people in executive positions who would like the opportunity toimprove their administrative skills. It is not strictly a post-graduate course business experience only is necessary. Department of Computing and Data Processing will offer a number of short courses in 1971. These courses will benefit people such asEn- gineers, Scientists, Statisticians, and Administrators who wish to learn to use the computer and apply it to their job. Digitalcorr.puting is one such course which runs for the full academic year with 2 hours perweek of, lectur,s. There are also three short self-supporting courses Numerical Methods Part A and B, and Data Processing. These also involve 2 hours per week of lectures and will run consecutively sothat students may proceed from one to the next if they so desire. They will deal withthe numerical mathematics that is required in thc use of a computer. Department of Mechanical Engineering is offering selected subjects from the proposed Graduate Diploma Course in Chemical Engineering. The course will consist of 9 units of one semester (-3: year) duration. All courses will normally be conducted in the evening.Each unit completed will carry 2 credits and a total of 18 credits will be necessary to complete the course. Normally 3 to 4 units will be available each year and the course will take 3 years to complete. Applicants for admissionto the course must have an associateship or equivalentqualification in an appropriate branch of Engioeering Or Chemistry, although itis capable of accommodating graduates from other areas. Departnvnt of Electrical Engineering offersa number of postgraduate short courses. These are: Network Synthesis ---- 16 weeks, 2 hours per week. * Solid State Device 20 weeks, 4 hours per week. * Colour Television 16 weeks, 4 hours per week. Switch Gear and Protection 12 weeks, 2 hours per week, * 1 hour lecture, 3 hours laboratory. Departmert of Civil .Engineering offered a post-graduate course for the first time in 1970 on Concrete Technology. This course consists of 10 lectures, each of 3 hours duration, in 3rd term. The department is also considering a course on some aspect of public health. These courses are run subject to public demand. Department of Art and Design. One of the associateship courses offered by the Department of Art and Design is the Associateship in Art. It is a full-time associateship course but in general students wishing to_ enter this course will be mature age students of proven aptitude who wish to take advantage of high level studies offered by the department in the general field of Fine 123 124 LIBRARY SERuICE OF WEriTERNAUSTRALIA The Library Service ofWestern Australia is a co-ordi F vstem and library and informationservice for the public. The Library Boar:lof WeF fern Australia through itsHeadquarters organisation provides the bookN andotherlibrarymaterials,central cataloguing, inter library loanand information service, for alllibruies serving the 1%.blic. Service to individual readers andinquirers is provided through two channels: (a) five subject libraries whichcomprise the State Reference Library; (b) 130 local public librarie.the buildings and staff of which pre the responsibility of local governmentauthorities. The total stock of the organisationexceeds one million volumes. Address: 3 Francis Street, Perth 6000.

MENTAL I, gEALTH ASSOCIATION(INC.) The Association was for.aed in1960 with the object of co-ordinating all voluntary groups workingwholly or partly in hospitals for rnentpl illness and to infonn thecommunity on all matters related to ment,1 illness and mental health.The work includes: rehabilitationwork hospitals; social contacts forpatients; assistance to all voluntary bodies and hospital auxiliaries; andthe dissemination of infortion through neriodic public lectures, addresses toclubs and other ulleiested groups. Membership comprises tworepresentatives of each organisation working in hospitals and one member fromeach supporting organisation,and ordinary members. The totalmembership is some 550. Publications: A quarterly Newsletter;Pamphlet on Hospital Voluntary Work. President: Mr. E. C. P1Wstowe. Chainaaar, .3f Exccutive: Mr. F. J. Davis. Secretary: M.H.A. Hotrie, 311 Hay Street,Subiaco, W.A. 6008.

NATIONAL PTNESSCOUNCIL OF WESTERN AUSTRALIA The National FitnessCouncil of Western Australia works inclose co-operation with the PhysicalEducation and Youth Education Sections of the Department and advisesthe State Minister for Education. Important facets of theCouncil's work include service to Youthand Sporting A,sociations,Leadership Training, Sports Coaching,and the promotion of Communityrecreation in the broadest sense. Director Mr. W. English, 50 JamesStreet, Perth, W.A. lel.: 28-5133.

PERTH TECHNICAL COLLEGE The Perth Technical School wasopened on May 16, 1900, and became the Perth Technical Collegein 1929. In 19u2 the School became affiliated with the University ofAdelaide and provided instniction for the B.A. and B.Sc. degrees of thatUniversity. This activity ceased with the opening of the University of WesternAustralia in 1913. Since 1913, Perth Technical College has beeit essntiallypolytec nature.

125 Since 1967, when organised courses at professional level were re- moved to the Western Australian Institute of Technology, theCollege has been concerned with the provision of organised courses atsub-professional and technician level. Most Courses lead to a Certificate or Diploma.A wide range of courses is offered andenrolments in most areas have doubled since 1 967, the major emphasis is being given to Accounting,Commercial, Home Science, Management and Art Training on the JamesStreetite. Engineering courses are still conducted by the College on its St. Geoige's Terrace site.

Priecipal:Mr. (71 E.Marshall,M.Sc.,137St.George's Terrace.Perth6000. Tel.: 21-9623.

UNIVERSITY OF WESTERN AUSTRALIA ADULT EDUCATION AND EXTENSION SERVICE The University of Western Australia maintains extra-muralservices under a Committee of its governing body, the Senate. The Committee eonsists of the Vice-Chancellor or his nominee, two professorsappointed by the Senate, the Director of Adult Education and the Head ofExtension. Its offices are located on campus, its address being theAdult Education and Extension Service, The University of Western Australia,Nedlands, W.A. 6009. Correspondence should be addressed to the Secretary.Its staff consists of the Director of Adult Education, who has certainover-all responsibilities for the conduct of the Service; the Head of Extension, two Tutor-Organisers conce lied with metropolitan activities, a Tutor-Organiser concerned with country extensbn, a Secretary concerned withadministra- tion and the operation of the Box Study Scheme, aqualified Accountant and ancillary staff. At the time of publication of the 1967 Handbook the University maintained an Adult Education Board, which was a committee ofUniver- sity anC non-University personnel appointed by the Senate andwhich bore a State-wide responsibility for the general developmeid ofadult education. With limited staff and finance such a Board was able to develop many aspects of adult education, but notnecessarily to maintain and administer a programme wide enough in character and extensive enough geographically to meet the needs of a rapidly growing and changing State. Accordingly, the Board was instrumental in persuading the Education Department, Technical Education Divisiyi,,to accept initsregional centres a responsibility for a certain level of general adukteducation as well as technical education and to appoint Officers-in-Charge whose full duties were devoted to out-of-school educational activities. After a three- year study of this development and its ownrelation to it, the University abolished the Adult Education Board and created the Adult Education and Extension Service whose concerns are with 'aspects of adult education more strictly germane to the activities of a university. The division of labour at present operating makes a distinction between univerrity extension and adult education; the former under the Head of Extension being li.,igely concerned with professional refresher courses, conferences and symposia at a graduate level. Itswork is designed in close association with the faculties and teaching depariments of the University and is largely directed towards a specific clientele in a specific field of endeavour, e.g., business and industry, law, medicine, the education

126 e) profession and so on. In theliberal education field it offers alimited selection of classes forUniversity graduates which are notpublicly advertised, except through Convocation. Both the Extension and theAdult Education sections of theService enter into co-operativearrangements with organisationsin the city or country in joint planningand financing of courses,symposia, conferences and schools. The ExtensionService is increasingly concernedwith national conferences inprofessionalfieldsas wellaslocal and international closely related to work of activities.Its international conferences are international repute developedwithin the University of WesternAustralia. Typical is its 1971 conferencein the field of musculardystrophy for which approximately one thousand medicalscholars and practitioners are expected from around the world.The Extension Service als.) commencesin 1971 its first residential summerschool, a culmination .of asignificant number of courses and conferencesin t',e field of managementscience. It Aso plans and administers theannual Festival of Peah, aninternational festival of the Arts which over19 years of operation has reached astan- dard of internationalimportance. The pioneer offestivals in Australia, it has also introduced tothis country performing arts fromother countries which had never previouslyvisited Australia, such as theNational Ballet of Ceylon. The Adult Education sectionhas both administrative andacademic concerns. It designsand administers theAnnual Summer School in January, which at thetime of publication, is completingits 43rd year of continuous operaoon, with aplenary session in each daydevoted to a problem of national orinternational importance and followedby discussion groups. The SummerSchool continuesitstraditional eclectic programme of manysubjects during afternoon sessions.The purpose of this unspecialised sectionof the school is to cater tothe interested country people who may be able !toattend only for a 2 weeks' sessionof the year when they wish to obtaininstruction in subjects not availa!-Jie tothem in rura) areas. The Adult Educationsection also offers all terminaland tutorial classes which are open tothe general public without entrancequalifica- tions and are offered on andoff campus. It arranges a numberof week-end schools, cc nierences andsyMposia related to issues of public consequence. adult education services asthe University is able It is responsible for such conferences in matters to offer to country..sidents. These include regional related to-the developmentof agricultural policy,economic issues, local government andcommunity development, andintensive short schools in training for farm management.In addition, it operatesspecial short schools of a cultural nature in thearts, music festivals andprojects under the Commonwealth Literary Fund orCommonwealth Assistance toAustralian Composers. One of its majorfunctions is to start and nurture alocal activity until such time asthat activity is able to sustainitself. These include the Mbany Sciool ofArts, now independent, thefounding of two country chapters of- theFellowship of Australian Writers,each of which publishes its own annualliterary magazines, theestablishment of prizes and awards by countryorganisations for achievementsin the arts, and a growing interest in exploringlocal and State source's ofinformation to assist in local activity. No liberal classes are offeredin country towns. As anextension of its city classes pregrarnme, the Adult Education Servicemaintains a Box Study Scheme in subjects like literature, drama, music, parenteducation, current affairs, and a new section devoted to rural problems. The schemeis now being modernised by the improvement of inter-communicationbetween its headquarters and the distant groups through the use of tape recordersof the cassette type and regular visits. This system haspioneered group discussion over an area, using the network of the Flying Doctor Service and study groups are located south, east and north of theUniversity at a distance of as far as 2,000 miles. The academic function of the Adult Education section of the Service is rapidly increasing. Three types of academic activity are now in operation and these involve direct teaching in the post-graduate Diplomaof Education and in the Honours course in AgriculturalEconomics; an increasing burden of co-operative planning of programmes and of action research projects with other organisations such as the W.A. Council for the Ageing, the Health Education Council, the Youth Council,the Aboriginal Trust; finding a developing role in the abstruse area of the scientificevaluation of adult education and community development projects. On the abolition of the Adult Education Board in April, 1968, the University established, with the Education Department, a Co-ordinating Committee to consider mutual problems and the avoidance of duplication in adult education work, especially day and evening classes for adults. The Committee has similarities with joint committees of university and W.E.A. personnel which have been traditional in Britain and certain Australian universities. Apart from co-ordinating programmes, the Committee serves as a method by which the accumulatedexperience of the former Adult Education Board can be smoothly and effectively handed on to the Educa- tion Department. At a future date this committee can be expanded to include other agencies with major concerns in adult education. The programmes of the Adult Education and ExtensionService are largely sustained from earning through fees charged. The University pays staff salaries and administrative costs of the office operation,provides and replaces equipment and contributes to the maintenance of a fleetof vehicles for the exclusive use of the Service._ Excess of earnings is paid into general and special reserves and permitted to accumulate from year to year. Such activities as are offeredfree to the public, which include a number of distinguishedlectures the Charles Strong (Australian Church) Memorial Trust Lecture and similar activities are ,made -from reserves, if necessary. The University is an institutional member of the A.A.A.E. and all senior members of the Service are professional members. The Service has organised two regional conferences for the Association and will probably offer one annually, except in 1971 when the National Conference of the Association will be held in Perth. At the time it ceased to odst, the Adult Education Board unanimously recommended that the University create a Department of Univer- sity Extension and that the name "Adult-Education" be adopted by the Education -)epartment as it was taking over the larger portion of the popular and Eub-university lev 1 courses previously offered by the Boari. As the University of We: tern Australia has a long tradition of public service under thc name "Adult Education", the Senate decided to retain

128 127 this name as part of the titleof its changed service.This has resulted in some confusion in thepublic mind as parallel syllabi ofadult education courses are issued atapproximately the same time by boththe University and the Technical EducationDivision. Both syllabi nowinclude notices of the work of the otherorganisation and instructions topotential students on places and processesof enrolment. By the endof 1970 the role of adult education was changing sorapidly that itsfuture location and function within the Universityand the nature of itsleadership activities in the community cameunder review. This situationpertains at the time of going to press. Director of Adult Education:Hew RobertsUniversity of W.A., Ned lands, W.A, 6009. Phone: 86-2481.

WESTERN AUSTRALIANMUSEUM Museum arose from theamalgamation of two The Western Australian Swan River earliercollections. One of these,the Museum of the Mechanics' Institute wasfounded by public subscriptionin 1860, and the other, the Geological Museum atFremantle, was started in 1881.In 1889 the contents of theGeological Museum were movedto the former Perth Gaol (which isstill part of the WesternAustralian Museum) and a Curator was appointed toit in 1891. In the following year,the collections of the Swan RiverMechanics' Institute werepurchased, and the collections combined to form thePublic MusL:um. The first gallery wasbuilt in 1895; for the next 2 yearsthe museum was known asthe Perth Museum. From 1897 its official title wasthe Western AustralianMuseum and Art Gallery; later it wascombined with the PublicLibrary as well. From 1960 the WesternAustralian Museum hasfunctioned as an independent unit. It iscontrolled by a Trust of sevenmembers appointed Act, 1969. The staff by the Governor underthe provisions of the Museum includes a Director,Deputy Director, two SeniorCurators, seven Curators and other professionaland technical staff. The Museum contains twodivisions. The Division of NaturalSciences palaeontological and meteoritecollections which has extensive zoological, Western Australia but relevant represent primarilythe natural features of reference material frombeyond the State is alsoincluded. Research by staff is confined, atpresent, to crustaceans,molluscs, fish, mammals, birds, The Division of HumanStudies comprises depart- reptiles and scorpions. the Office of the ments of Anthropology,Archaeology, and History and Sites. Specific interest isfocused upon Aboriginal Registrar of Aboriginal colonial history, sites and material culture,prehistoric archaeology and art, industrial and agrariantechnology, underwaterarchaeology and maritime history. The latter twoactivities are of particularimportance in relation to the study and recoveryof Dutch East Indiamen ofthe 17th and 18th centuries which arewrecked on the Westerncoastline. The Western AustralianMuseum is centred in Perth with abranch at Fremantle wherethere are displays ofcolonial and maritime history. There is close liaisonbetween the Museum and theEducation Department. A teacher ismaintained at the Museum.During 1970 the Children's Centre was visitedby 57,935 children. Publications: Annual Report. Director: W. D. L. Ride, M.A.,D.Phil. Address: Western AustralianMuseum, Perth, W.A. 6000,Phone: 28-4411. vgi. 129 128 NEW ZEALAND AND THE SOUTHPACIFIC

CAROLINE ISLANDS The scatter of islands in thisregion has led to the development of radio and taped educationalmaterials_ as a means of reaching the communities on these islands. Thesemedia have been found to afford substantial support for work in classesand small groups. The major problems for these communities is one ofcreating a receptive climate of opinion, and the developmentof co-operative methods to meet the problems of economic and social change. Adult Education Supervisor: Department ofEducationPalau. West Caro lines.

COUNTRYWOMEN'S CO-ORDINATINGCOMMITTEE OF N.Z. The Countrywomen's Co-ordinatingCommittee ofthe Country Women's Institute and the Women's Division ofFederated Farmers was set up in 1945 to co-ordinate thework which both organisations were interested in, to encourage co-operation and preventoverlapping. 1. International Affairs: To arrange toursfor overseas visitors and officers of the Associated Countrywomen of theWorld. To arrange study tours for women of the South Pacificunder the Lady Aberdeen Scholar- ship scheme of A.C.W.W. 2. Adult Education: To ascertain and endeavour toprovide the requirements of Adult Education of members of bothorganisations and other countrywomen. 3. To arrange schools, classes, displays or anyother function which may be of interest to bothorganisations. The National Committee consists of 4 members of eachorganisation and the chair is taken by the National President of eachorganisation in alternate years. A grant is received from the National Council of AdultEducation to enable the National Co-ordinating Committee to carry outits work. A further grant is received by the National Co-ordinatingCommittee from the National Council of Adult Education to be dividedbetween the Regional Co-ordinating Committees. The National Co-ordinating Committee has representation onthe Standards Council and on the Appointments Committee of theConsumer Council. Nominations may be made by the National Co-ordinating Com- mittee for the National Council of A.E., the Consumer Council and the UNESCO Commission. In 1947, 4 Regional Co-ordinating Committees of theCountry- women's Institute and the Women's Division of Federated Farmers were set up in the Auckland, Victoria,Canterbury and Otago University districts. In 1970 another Regional Co-ordinating Committee was set up in the Massey University district. These Regional Committees co, ,prise 4 members of each organisation appointed by the Dominion Executive of the C.W.I. and the Dominion Council of the W.D.F.F. The Chair alternates between each organisation. 130 129 District Committees have alsobeen fo -med throu0out New Zealandand there are 53 of these. DistrictCommittees are urged when planning their year's programme to show initiative,leadership and vision in their choice of subjects for classes andschools, combining handcraft and homecraft with subjects not generallyincluded and to foster interest within their district in the Associated Countrywomenof the World and in International Affairs.

DEPARTMENT OF EDUCATION NEW ZEALAND In recent years the SecondarySchools and Technical Institutes have been rapidly extending theirprovision of evening courses for adults, complementing the work done byUniversity Extension, the W.E.A. and other voluntary agencies. There has been a markedincrease in adult classes leading to the School Certificate examination, aswell as very substantial increases in the number of Secondary Schoolsproviding a wide variety of non-vocational courses. Of the 208 Secondary Schoolsin 1970, 169 conducted classes -.for adults. The total attendance as at July 1 was37,945; of these 26,684 were enrolled in a wide variety of homeand hobby classes. 75 per cent of those enrolled were women. In -1970, seven TechnicalInstitutes offered courses for adults in such fields as art, music, home and hobbyclasses, and physical education. The attendance as at July 1 was2,327, of whom 45 per cent were men. Enrol- ments in art coursesconstituted 45 per cent of the total.

GUAM Adult Education programmesin high school equivalency classes, and in some technical subjects areprovided, together with Adult Basic Education in English for adults withless than an eighth grade level education. Director: Dr. I. Crisos imo, Office of theDireCtor of Education, Agana, Guam.

MARIANA ISLANDS This Trust Territory pr vides twocomplementary Adult Education Programmes. The first provides, in each of thesix districts, High School equivalency classes and instructionin helping local economies. This is co-ordinated under Dr. William Vitarelli. Thesecond programme is in Adult Basic Education concerned with basiceducation in English to adults with less than a complete primaryeducation. This is supported by a special grantfrom the U.S. Government. Each of the six districts has onetrained specialist and part-time instructors. Dr. W. Vitarelli, Department of Educati n. Dr. W. Foster, Adult Basic Education. Address: Office of the High Commissioner,Saipan, Mariana Islands. 130 MASSEY UNIVERSITY -- DEPARTMENT OFUNIVERSITY EXTENSION Massey University was created in 1964 fromthe amalgamation of Massey College (formerly a largelyagricultural college) and Victoria University's local branch college. It now hasfaculties of agriculture and horticulture, food science and biotechnology,humanities, social sciences, science and veterinary science. It is alsothe regional centre for extra-mural teaching. The Department came _into operation asfrom April 1, 1970, when the Victoria University region wasdivided so that Massey University became responsible for its northern part,and the V.U.W. extension unit based in Palmerston North transferred toMassey University. The Department has responsibility for "universityextension and adult education" in its region, but is developing inconjunction with internal departments a coherent programmeof professional and industrial refresher education, some of which aims to serve national groupssince two of the University's faculties (food science, and veterinaryscience) do not exist at other universities. The programme isorganised both into class series and seminars (some residential) chiefly in themain centres of the region The staff consists _of a director, flve lecturers (oneresident in Hawkes Bay) and four secretarial staff. Director: D. Garrett, Depart ent of University Extension, P.O. Box63, Palmers on North, N.Z.

NATIONAL COUNCIL OF ADULT EDUCATION The National Council of Adult Education, asreconstituted by an Act of 1963, consists of six members: twoappointed by the Minister of Education, the Director-General of Education (or hisnominee), the Chairman of the University Grants Committee (or hisnominee), and two selected by the University Grants Committee from a list of namessub- mitted by the Council of each university and such of the bodiesengaged in adult education as may wish to make nominations. TheCouncil has a small permanent staff and is financed by the State. ha grant for1970 is $31,500. The general function of the Council is "to take an overallcognizance of the developm.;nt of adult education", in whatever form ittakes and by whatever agency it is conducted, and to ensure as far aspossible that the needs of the country are being satisfied, and in the mostappropriate ways. It acts in anadvisory capacity to the University Grants Committee and the Department of Education, collects information, conducts surveys and experiments, calls conferences, and seeks to co-operate with andfoster co-operation between the various agencies in the field. Publications: Newsletter. Chairman: Sir Alan Danks, K B.E. Secretary: Mr. D. G, Janes. Address: 192 Tinakori Road, Wellington, N.Z.

132 NATIONAL LIBRARY OFNEW ZEALAND By the NationalLibrary Act of 1965, theAlexander Turnbull Library, The General AssemblyLibrary and the NationalLibrary Service were combined toform the National Libraryof New Zealand. Responsible for maintainingand developing a nationallending and reference collection, andfor making itsresources available toother institutions, the Library isalso concerned with thenational system of inter-library lending andnational bibliographical projectsincluding the National Union Catalogue,theUnion List of Serials in NewZealand Librariesand the Index to NewZealand Perlocricals. The Alexander TurnbullLibrarymaintainsthecomprehen-ive New Zealand material withinthe requirements of national collection of and the the Act. Itis also responsible fortheNational Bibliography centralised cataloguing of currentNew Zealand material. A researchand reference library it has strongPacific collections as well as generalcol- lections. The General AssemblyLibrary provides library services forParl a- ment, its strongestcollections being in subjectsneeded for this purpose, including parliamentary papersand debates as well aspublications of international organisations. The Extension Divisioncomprises the Country Library Serviceand the School LibraryService. The Country LibraryService provides exchanges of books to boroughand county libraries operatingfree services; thousands of books are alsosupplied in response to requestsfor information and for individualtitles. The School Library Serviceprovides exchanges of books forrecreational reading to State andprivate primary schools, and an informationand request service to teachersand pupils of all schools. conducts a full-time, one-yearDiploma course The Library School assistants with the for university graduates;and for intermediate library University Entrancequalification, a block course leading tothe Certificate of the New ZealandLibrary Association. Nationsi Librarian: H.Macaskill. Address: Private Bag,Wellington 1. Telegrams: Natlib.Telephone: 50839.

NEW ZEALANDBROADCASTING CORPORATION The N.Z.13,C. is a statutorypublic body which was set upby Act of Parliament in 1961, theCorporation actually cominginto service the following year. It replacedthe former New ZealandBroadcasting Service, a governmentdepartment. provides an educationalradio service to Although the N.Z.B.C. school ages, no adult children of pre-school,primary and secondary such, are broadcast oneither radio or television. education programmes, as post-graduate medicine are However, programmesdealing with topics of broadcast from time totime on television, after thenormal transmission hours; and adult educationis structured into much ofthe Corporation's programme material, especiallyin such fields as talks,public and current affairs, social documentaries,rural broadcasts,broadcasts from Parliament

133 and Maori, religious, and women's prograimnes.On appropriate occasions advice is broadcast to the effectthat further information on particular topics can be obtained from AdultEducation organisations. Director-General: L. R. Sceats, Power State Bldg.,Bowen St., We lington, N.Z,

NEW ZEALAND WORKERS'EDUCATIONAL ASSOCIATION (INCORPORATED) National Office: Room 100, T. & G.Building, 192 Hereford Street, Christchurch 1 (P.O. Box 1204). National Secretary: Mr. V. M. Readman, District Associations: Auckland: Miss M. Paul, Secretary, W.E.A. Centre, IA PonsonbyRoad, Auckland, New Plymouth: Mrs. P. M. Gallienne, Secretary, 358Mangorei Road, R.D.1, New Plymouth. Wellington: Mrs. E. Emsley, Secretary, W.E.A. Centre, 248Larnbton Quay, Wellington. Canterbury: Miss D. Chapman. Secretary, W.E.A.Centre, 59 Gloucester St.. Christchurch. Otago: Miss D. E. Meder, Secretary, 133 Richardson Street, St.Kilda, Dunedin. Southland: Mrs. M. J. Stubbs, Secretary, W.E.A. Centre, Esk Street,Inver- cargill. A.ziivities: General liberal and non-vocational adult education. Annual North Island and South Island Summer School. Postal Courses for Trade Unionists (Secretary: Mr. E. N. Le PetitP.O. Box 12-114, Wellington North). Publication: W.E.A. Review.

QUEEN ELIZABETH II ARTS COUNCILOF NEW ZEALAND The Queen Elizabeth II Arts Council was set upby Act of Parliament in1963.The Council is enjoined by the Act to (a) Encourage, foster and promote thepractice and appreciation of the arts in New Zealand; (b) Make accessible to the public of New Zealand allforms of a tistic or cultural work; s) Improve standards of execution of the arts; (d) Foster and maintain public interest in the arts andculture in New Zealand. The revenue of the Council is provided by the Governmentand the Golden Kiwi Lottery Board of Control. When first set up theGovernment provided annually $60,000 and the Lottery Board $400,000. In1969 the Government increased the Council's grant by $120,000 to $180,000 on a triennial basis to March, 1972. The Lottery Board of Control makes an annual grant and for the current year this is $260,000. The Council actively pursues support for the performing arts and in conjunction with the National Gallery of New Zealand and the Galleries in Auckland, Christchurch and Dunedin presents a full programme of exhibitions. In addition toits support of professional activitiesthe Council acknowledges the contribution by amateur bodies and supports national organisations in theatre and the visual arts. Each year a proportion of its funds is set aside for training. This important aspect of the arts is sustained 134 13 by making awards forstudy within N w Zealandand overseas, and also providing training facilitieswithin New Zealand, e.g.,National School of Ballet whicl, has operatedsince 1967. Currently the Councilis providing training for actors and operasingers within the country. Chairman: W. N. Sheat, WA.,LL.B. Director: David Peters. Address: Securiaes 1-iouse, TheTerrace, Wcllirgton . Phone: 42-399.

THE SOUTH PACIFICCOMMISSION The South PacificCommission's Community EducationTraining Centre was establishedin 1963at_ Samabula, Suva, Fiji. The major activity at C.E.T.C.since its inception .has been theHome Economics courses run incollaboration with the U.N. Foodand Agriculture Organis- ation, and supported by theFreedom-from-Hunger Campaign, the Gov- ernment of Fiji, F.A.O.and S.P.C. funds, Such training piogrammes have been described asthe spearhead of developmentin rural areas of the region. The Centre has alsoprovided training in community education for local government personneland officials of voluntary organisations the and denominationalmissions. In addition to regionalassistance, Centre has also providedshort specialised training courses for avariety of organisations and groupsinFijiitself. During 1969-70 specialised S.P.C. Officers gave adviceand conducted courses on thepreparation and use of audio-visualaids. The varied activities ofthe S.P.C. specialist in BusinessManage- ment reflects theimportance in the S.P.C. region oftraining in economics and business managementwith special emphasis on the needsof business advisers and co-operativeofficers,credit union organizers,etc.,and the consequent multipliereffect of assistance and coursesoffered. The work of the S.P.C.Youth Work Officer is of particularimportance in thefield of adult education. It is alsoobvious that the work of other specialists, such asthose in Health Education,Agriculture, Fish- institutions outwards into eries,etc., extendsfrom governments and community development.One of the S.P.C. LanguageTeaching Specialists has a background ofwork in Adult Education.During 1969-70 he co- operated in English-teachingprojects in a number_ of regions,including Papua-New Guinea, the TrustTerritory of the Pacific Islands, theGilbert and Ellice Islands andTahiti. He also represented theS.P.C. at the 1970 Annual Conference ofthe A.A.A.E. New Caledonia Address: Secretary-General,South_ Pacific Commission, Noumea, or the Director,SPC Publications Bureau, P.O. Box306, Haymarket, N:S.W., Australia 2000.

THE UNIVERSITY OFAUCKLAND DEPARTMENT OF UNIVERSITY EXTENSION of In 1963 the University ofAuckland decided to change the name Education to UniversityExtension and to make the department from Adult its administrative changes that wouldenable the university to concentrate attention upon universityadult education ratherthan the more general

135 provision which had been policy from 1947and, indeed, from 1915 when the Workers' EducationalAssociation, Tutorial Classes Committee was established in Auckland Policy as regards universityextension is now a responsibility of university Senate. The programme of classstudies is initiated by a Board of Studies consisting of theteaching members of the department in collaboration withfour academic advisory committeesconsisting ofa representative from each of the teachingdepartments of the university. The department offers tutorial classes in academicsubjects in the Auckland metropolVan area and in centres ofpopulation in the Auckland university district, which is the area from Mercernorth to Kaitaia. The present establishment of the departmentis a Director of Univer- sity Extension, six senior lecturers, five lecturers, alibrarian, three senior administrative assistants and four clerical assistants.In addition to the lecturers of the department a large number of part-timelecturers drawn either from the university staff orfrom other professional groups arc employed. In 1969 there were 291 classes of either one, two orthree terms duration, or concentrated in intensive periods offrom two days to two weeks. The total enrolment was 9,084. The annual programme consists of tutorial classesavailable to any interested adult; professional (and usuallypost-graduate) courses for specific professional groups and courses leading to aqualification. At present the department offers certificate courses asfollows: Certificate in Criminological Studies Certificate in Social Studies Certificate in Personnel Management and, in association with the Police Department of NewZealand, a correspondence course in The Law of Crimes. The department also organises residential schools, seminars and conferences. Head of Department: S. R. Morrison, M.A. Address: Department of University ExtenOon, The University of Auckland, Priva.c Bag, Auckland.

UNIVERSITY OF CANTERBURY DEPARTMENT OF EXTENSION STUDIES The Department was founded in 1964 as the successor to the Depart- ment of Adult Education which since 1947 had been theprincipal agency in the University's district for the promotion of adulteducational activities at all levels. Since inception the majordevelopment has been in the provision of professional refresher courses of a specialised type. The scope of this work has enlarged to a stage where graduates and othersin a wide range of professions nowlook to the university short tm-rn courses which will bring them up-to-date in developments in their fields. Theseinclude chemists, physicists, teachers, journalists, engineers, business managers, social workers, mathematicians, architects, musicians and others. Approxi- mately 45 such courses were offered in 1970, and current planning antici- pates that this number will have doubled by the end of1974. 135 The teaching staff forprofessional refreshment courses isdrawn chiefly from the ranks of theuniversity's academic staff, but it is common practice for teachers fromother New Zealand universities,academic visitors from overseas or other personsprominent in their profession to be invited to contribute. While the principal developmenthas been in the fielddescribed above, the university is alsomaking a considerable contributionto the field of general adult educationwithin its district. Current policytends to concentrate on courses which are moresophisticated in content and longer in duration than those offeredby other agencies. Forty coursesof weekly classes, varying considerably induration, were offered in 1970, andit is not anticipated that thisprogramme's development will bemarked by the same increase innumbers which is expected in theprofessional refreshment field. The Department's thirdprincipal field of activity is in theprovision of professional advice and guidance to awide variety of voluntary organisations whose functions, inwhole or in part, involve theprovision of educational programmes for adults. In 1970, the stall of theDepartment consisted of aDirector, an Assistant Director, _fivelecturers and four secretaries. Dicector: Mr. B. W. Smyth. Address: Department ofExtension Studies, University of Canterbury,Christchurch, New Zealand.

UNIVERSITY OFOTAGO DEPARTMENT OF UNIVERSITY EXTENSION 1964, The Departmentof University Extension,esi,ablishedin seminars and other types of coursesfor pro- conducts a programme of planned fessional and appropriateoccupational groups, day-release courses union leaders, studyassistance for extra-mural specifically for trade certificate course on students residentoutside the university centre, a and tutorial classes insubject areas such as foreign human relationships home science, music languages, literature,philosophy, education, science, offered in art, music, homescience, business and art. Vacation courses are the latter course as studies, internationalaffairs and English literature, preparation for degreeexaminations. From time totime, pre-sessional courses in subjectssuch as Physics areorganised. The prescription for education in the Facultyof Arts includes a studyof adult education which is taken by a memberof the extension staff.Over 2,000 adult students in 1969. Also, thedepartment is responsible for attended formal courses attracting an the organisation ofthe university musicrecitalseries, audience of approximately5,000 people annually, for thework of national as well as ofregional scope, carried outby a Home Science Information Centre, and for the runningof a university extension centre atIrivercargill. Over 500 persons attendedclasses at Invercargill in 1969. The present staffestablishment consists of a Director, anAssistant to the Director, fourSenior Lecturers and fourLecturers and Assistant Lecturers. 137i3g Head of Department: Professor D. W.Rutherford, M.A. Assistant to the Director. R. L. Walker, B.A. SeniorLecturers:EmilyE.Carpenter,B.H.Sc.,E.D.McKenzie,Mus.B., A. R. Entwisle, M.A., R. E.Kennedy, Lecturer: M. Palmer, M.A. Address: Department of University Extension,University of Otago ,P.O. Box 56, Dunedin, New Zealand.

UNIVERSITY OF THE SOUTH PACIFIC EXTENSION SERVICES Following the Report of the Higher Education Mission tothe South Pacific (1966) the University was established on-its Laucala Bay Site in Suva in 1968. As a RegionalUniversity itsresponsibilities to higher oducation extend into an area stretching from the BritishSolomon Islands in the West to the Cook Islands in theEast and include the Gilbert and Ellice Islands, New Hebrides, Western Samoa and Tonga. To serve this vast area it is planned to establishUniversity Centres in Honiara, T arawa, Apia and Nuku'alofa in 1971. Such centres willorganise extension and in-service courses in a variety of fields,provide support for University External Studies and provide bases for thework of the U.N.D.P. Secondary Curriculum Project which is attached to theUniversity School of Education. Funds for this enterprise have been nadeavallabk, by the Carnegie Corporation ot New York. The Extension Services Section has a co-ordinating andadministrative function in establishing and servicing these centres as well asbeginning External Studies for the Diploma in Education and providing a programoi, of non-credit courses by lecture, seminar and in co-operation withthe South Pacific Commission through broadcasting. Close collaboration has been established with GovernmeAts in the countries of the Region to ensure the fullest use of available resourceG. Director: K. J. Collins, Extension Services, University of the South Pacikic, P.O. Box 1168, Suva, Fiji.

UNIVERSITY OF WAIKATO UNIVERSITY EXTENSION As a new University, the University of Waikato from1966 until 1969 developed a programme of courses in the city of Hamiltonin conjunction with the University of Auckland, which made anadministrative grant for this purpose. It assumed sole responsibility for theHamilton city programme in 1970 and willrelieve Auckland of the responsibility for provision of university extension courses throughout its provincial areain 1971 A supervisory committee under the Chairmanship of theVice- Chancellor is re-formed each year by the Professorial Board;it kteludes besides representatives of the staff of the University ofWaikato, the principal of Hamilton Teachers' College, the director of theRuakura Agricultural Research Centre, a local headmaster, a senior inspectorof schools and a small number of lay members appointed by theProfessorial Board.

138 137 The University does notintend to appoint ExtensirmStaff Tutors but will instead rely uponthe internal staff of theUniversity or well- qualified members of the local areas.The present staff consists of an Assistant Registrar (UniversityExtension) and a secretarialassistant with an AdministrativeAssistant to be appointed in1971.

VICTORIA UNIVERSITY OFWELLINGTON UNIVERSITY EXTENSION The Department existed as asemi-autonomous Regional Councilof Adult Education from1947 ti.1 1963 when it became aDepartment of the University. The present staff of theDepartment consists of a Director(Associate Professor), three SeniorLecturers, five Lecturers, one JuniorLecturer, an AdministrativeAssistant and five SecretarialStaff. While presenting a programmelargely within the humanitiesinclud- ing languages) and naturaland socialsciences,the Depar ment is endeavouring to build anelement of "continuity ofopportunity" into the various subject areas covered.In addition, increasing attention isbeing given to post-graduatestudies. Three two-year CertificateCourses are offered. The programme consists ofclasses, schools and seminars certificate courses anddiscussion courses. The 1969 Annual Reportindicates the following performance: 108 classes totalling 1,732 lectures to2,573 students; 57 schools andseminars of 191 days to 1,722students; 9 discussion groups with 82meetings of 90 students; 10 certificate coursesof 218 lectures to 95 students. The Department alsosupports a stiong branchof the Workers' Educational Association,both by direct grant and by paymentof lecturers' fees for approved courses. Director of UniversityExtension: Professor J. C. Dakin. Address: P.O. Box 2945,Wellington, New Zealand.

139 SOUTh i AND OUTH-EAST ASIA

AS1AN-SOUTH PACIFICBUREAU OF ADULT EDUCATION The Bureau was formedby representatives from a largenurnbo,r of adult education organisations the region, at a UnescoSeminar organised in conjunction with theAnstraiian Association of AdultEducation, held in Sydney in 1964.Membership _of the Bureau comprisesorganisations and individuals concernedwith adult education in Asia,South-East Asia, and the countries of theSouth_ Pacific. A.S.P.B.A.E. hasorganised successful regional conferences aad_ seminars in the Philippines, HongKong, and India. It works closelywith unesco, and members of its Executive have participated in otherinternational conferences. It publishes a quarterly Newsletter. Chairman: Mr. S. C. Dutta,Indian Association of Adult Education, 178 Indra- prastha Marg, New Delhi. Secretary: Mr, A, J. A. Nelson,Department of University Extension, Universityof New England, Armidale, N.S.W.2351.

BRUNEI The Department of Educationhas an adult education unit well staffed for work in the rural andfishing villages, and in the oil fields region.Its programmes involveliteracy training and further educationof various forms, M co-operation withagricultural extension. Inspector of Adult Education: Awang AbdulHamid bin Otman, Department of Education, Brunei.

CHINESE UNIVERSITY OF HONG KONG,EXTRAMURAL DEPARTMENT The Department offers a large number of coursesin different fields of study, including the following: ChineseStudies; Philosophy, Psychology and Social Sciences; Social Work; Economics,commerce and Law; Education; History and Geography; Science andMathematics; English; Art and Music. Apart from general Extramural courses,the Department runs the following Certificate Courses; Hotel Manage.nent,Social Welfare, Tourist Guiding, Advanced Translation, AppliedDesign, Transistor Technology, Librarianship,Computer Fundamentalsand Programming,Chinese History, The Teaching of ModernMathematics in Secondary Schools, Tourism: Promotion and Techniques, ChineseLiterature, General Banking Administration, Hotel Operation, Three DimensionalDesign, Graphic Design, Certificate Course for Teachers ofPrimary Mathematics, Per- sonnel Management, BasicSystems Analysis. Participants in Extramural Courses include persons from all walks oflife of various ages and levels of education. The enrolmentfigures since April, 1965, are as follows: 1965-66:4,717 1968-69:9,760 1966-67:7,764 1969-70:9,955 1967-68:7,710 140 139 The Department also offerscorrespondence courses in Englishand Chinese writing, Englishand Chinese Language andLiterature, Business Administration and other subjects. Director: Mr. T. C. Lai. Hong Kong. Address: Shui Hing Building, 12thFloor, 23 Nathan Road, Kowloon,

EDUCATION DEPARTMENTHONG KONG ADULT EDUCATION SECTION The Adult EducationSection of the EducationDepartmentis responsible for the Governmentprovision of adult educationactivities. There are facilities foradults to make up educationaldeficiencies, to improve employment prospectsand to develop a fuller andricher life. The Evening Instituteoffers English courses fromelementary to post-Certificate of Educationlevel, teachers' classes for art,music, hand- work, woodwork,gymnastics, rebound tumbling,folk dance, oriental dance, modern educationaldance, modern mathematics andthe teaching of English, secondaryschool courses leading to thCertificate of Educa- tion, both English andChinese. A three-year post-primaryextension course providingadditional training with apractical bias is also available for those who do notanticipate further education at thesecondary school level. Rural literacyclasses and general backgroundclasses provide fundamental and elementaryeducation with a special reference toadult needs and interests.Practical background educationclasses give adults an opportunity of learningwoodwork, housecraft, sewing andknitting. In conjunction with the PrisonsDepartment, several classes givinginstruction in general subjectswith a moral and civic emphasisand also in subjects of a practical nature areorganised for inmates at differentprison& Classes arc similarlyheld at the AberdeenRehabilitation Centre in -Co-operation with the Social WelfareDepartment. The Evening School ofHigher Chinese Studies offers athree-year general arts leading to adiploma issued by the Education course in philosophy, Department.SubjectstaughtincludeChineseliterature, sociology and Englishlanguage and literature. Most ofthe students are primary school teachers. At the Adult Educationand Recreation Centres,education and recreation are combinedin activities ranging frommusic appreciation and physical education to groupstudy of art, photographyand gymnastics. These activities are expresslydesigned to stimulate creativeability and good community develop individual talentsand are aimed at fostering 2 spirit and a sense ofbelonging. The staff for these centresis largely recruited from the teachingprofession and they undergo aspecial training co._sse. A shortresidential conference is heldannually during the summer vacation and this forms partof the training programme.An Adult Educa- tion Centre Bulletin inChinese is issued three fimes a year. Adult education work ofthe technical kind is administeredby the Hong Kong TechnicalCollege and the Morrison HillTechnical Institute. Head of Section: Mr. K.K. Chan, Senior Education Officer(Adult Education) and Director of Evening Institute. Address: Kowlocl CentralPost Office Building, 6thFloor, 405 Nathan Road, Kowioon, Hong Kong.

141 4 140 UNIVERSITY OF HONGKONG DEPARTMENT OF EXTRAMURAL STUDIES The Department ofExtramural Studies has been in existencesince 1956. Some 200 courses areprovided annually for about 5,000 adult students. A wide varietyof subjects is offered, some ofwhich lead to certificate or outsideexaminations. Many are in the liberal artsbut there is also an extensive rangeof vocational and professional courses.A two- year part-timeevening and day release postgraduate courseleading to a University Diploma inManagement Studies (Dip.M.S.) is offeredby the Department. In addition, theDepartment arranges public lectnres, specialist seminars, conferences andstudy tours. Most of the courses areconducted in English but Cantoneseand Mandarin are also the mediaof instruction for a significant numberof courses. The teaching is performedby members of the Department staff and by a panel of part-time tutorswho have appropriate qualifications, many of whom are members ofthe University staff. The full-time staff ofthe Department consists of a Director, aDeputy Director, a Senior Lecturer, and seven Staff Tutors. Director: R. A. Williams, M.A.(Wales), Department of Extramural Studies Univer- sity of Hong Kong.

INDIAN ADULT EDUCATIONASSOCIATION TheAssociation was formed in 1939.It has been the nizinspring behind the development of adulteducation in the sub-continent. It provides a link between the IndianMinistry of Education, EducationDepart- ments and Adult Educationbodies of Provincial Governments; alarge number of specialist agencies in Literacytraining and teaching; the Uni- versities; and the many Governmentand voluntary bodies and national committees in such fieldsas Women'sEducation, Rural Education,

Trade Union and Workers'v Education. The Association organises nationaland international conferences and seminars, works closely withUnesco in the South-East Asian region; assists in arranging visits of expertsin adult education; and publishes extensi-ely in every aspect of adult ethication. Periodical: Indian Journal of Adult Education. Hon. General Secretary: Mr. S. C. Dutta, 17BIndraprastha Marg, New Delhi.

INDONESIA DIRECTORATE OF MASS EDUCATION The Directorate of Mass Education is under theDepartment of Education and Culture. The main function is eradication of illiteracy.Eradication of illiteracy is done by mass education in the villagesby teaching elder peoples how to read and write. Teachers forthis purpose are volunteers consisting of school teachers or anyone who is prepared toteach. The Department of Education and Cultureprovides places', in village schools and writing materials. These lessons are frde of charge andparticipants who passed examinations are issued with certificates. Address: Directorate of Mass Education, Depar mentof Education and Cultur Djalan Tjilatjap 4, Djaptrta. 142 I4 JAPt N Japanese adult educationis based on two Acts oftin Japanese Parliament: The FundamentalLaw of Education and theSocial Education Law. The Latter Act providedfor municipal councils orlocal education boards to set up and manageCitizens' Public Halls,multi-functional cultural centres to provide foryouth; study classes; lecture courses;discussion groups and seminars;and to house books, records, artmaterials; to provide facilities for physicaleducation; and to afford facilitiesfor the meetings of voluntaryorganisations. The Halls are provided withconsultants in Social Education,trained by the Universities, at a rateof a thousand per annum,and assistant consultants. There arc over5,C20 of these employed. The Ministry of Education,which subsidises these Halls,also provides through the schools systemextensive programmes ofvocational, cultural and recreationaleducation. Youth and Women'seducation are the subject of further specialprovision for each on a large scale.Through the Ministry, Municipalitiesand voluntary bodies, women'sclasses spon sored by these alone haveenrolments of over 2 million per annum.There is a very large numberof major voluntary bodiesconcerned with the development of adulteducation programmes. Universitiesand Trade Unions have only recently cometo play a more important rolein adult education, but many of theformer are now taking anincreasing interest. Other Ministries, such asAgriculture, Health and Fisheries have very important extension programmes. Education TV programmescontribute substantially to adult needs. The main stress is on foreignlanguages; science; small business management; directly vocational courses;home management courses for*omen; and courses in music.These are usually three month courses. The Japanese Associationfor Social Education holds regular conferences and publishesmaterials for its members. Social Educa Immediate Past-President:Professor Kesuke Nagasugi, Depart ent of tion, Gumma University,Naebashi, Gumma Prefecture,

KOREA Adult education inKorea is provided mainly bythe primary and secondary civic Schools system,missionary schools and privatevocational institutcs. The schools systemprovides courses in Koreanlanguage, mathematics, social studiesand general science, with amajor emphasis on language. The privatevocationhi L-Mitutes are linkedby a national Association designed to promotetheir effective management andmethods. The Institutes provide coursesin general education andtechnical education; art; home economics andother studies. There are over1,000 of these Institutes with some 4,000 teachers. An unusual micro-libraryservice is provided to some4,000 farming 300 books. and fishing villages. Theseconsht of a small collection of some

143 It is supplied to a group of10 or more adults on a small subscription basis. The group is expected tomake the books available free in their village. The Micro LibraryService Association seeks to encourage the groups to organisediscussion groups and classes, and promotedramatic and choral activities. TheAssociation publishes periodicals and reference books and acts as an informationcentre for adult education. Department of Education, Seoul,Korea.

MALAYSIA The principal bodiesconcerned with adult education are theEduca- tion Department whichprovides further education programmes,including vocational courses, on a largescale; and the Ministry of Rural Develop- ment through its AdultEducation and Community Developmentdivision. Within its programmes arecomprehended substantial literacy programmes, agricultural extension work,rural re-settlement and relatedactivities. Other governmentalagencies contribute in special fields such asHealth, Fisheries, etc. The University ofMalaysia, the Women's Institute, Trade Unions and other voluntarybodies are also active in the provision of educational and recreational programmes. In Sarawak and Sabah theDepartment of Education administers adult education programmes.The Sarawak Adult Education Council, which had functioned since 1949, appearsto have been wound up. Rural AdultEducation and Community DevelopmentDivision,Ministryof Development, Kuala Lumpur. Adult Education Division, Department ofEducation, Kuala Lumpur. Women's Institute Headquarters, Batu LanchangRd., Penang, Malaysia.

PHILIPPINES Very comprehensive programmes ofLiteracy, Adult Education and Community Development are tarried out by alarge number of Univer- sities, governmental and voluntary agencies.Among these are the Bureau of Agricultural Extension and Bureaux ofPlant Industry, Forestry, Health and others. The public school system is themajor agency for teaching in literacy programmes, vocational educationand at more advanced levels. A number of Universities have vigorousextension progiammes. The Philippine Folk School organisation is conducted in the summervacation in secondary schools for youth and adultswho wish to continue their education. In addition technical and agricultural schoolsconduct substantial numbers of extension courses. Linking theactivities of the schools system and that of the variousBureaux and conducting large scale community development programmes is the PresidentialCommunity Develop- ment Office. The major agencies are: Division of Adult Education, Bureau of Public Schools, Manila. The Presidential Arm on Community Development, Office of the President, Manila, Department of SocialWelfare(Educationaland VocationalTrainingof Indigents), Manila. 143 SINGAPORE ADULT EDUCATIONHOARD The object of the Boardhas been broadly defined as"the promotion Board may of adult education in Singapore".To achieve this purpose the (a) appoint such officers andservants as it thinksfit! (b) organise classes or coursesand receive fees therefrom; (c) receive contributionsfrom Government and other sources; (d) raise funds by all lawful means; It may also (a) assist other bodies topromote adult education; (b) iMtiate, undertake or assistin research in the field of adulteducation in Singapore; (c) publish works concerningadult education and act as aclearing ho7se for information concerningadult education. It is authorised to issuecertificates of profidency to pe sonswho attend any of the coursesorganised by the Board and who aresuccessful in tests approved by theBoard. In all its work the Boardis responsible through its Chairman tothe Minister for Education. Enrolment: 50,000. Addtess: 126 Cairnhill Road,Singapore 9. Director: Chan Kok Kean, AdultEducation Board, 126 Cairnhill Road, Singapore9. Date of Establishment:April, 1960,

UNIVERSITY OFSINGAPORE DEPARTMENT OF EXTRAMURAL STUDIES Singapore, was The Department ofExtramural Studies, University of formally established inJune, 1966. But extramuralprovisions were started in 1964 after thearrival of a VisitingDirector through arrangement of Singapore and the thenDepartment of Tech- between the University functions of the depart- nical Co-operation inthe United Kingdom. The ment may besummarised as follows: (a) to offer coursesof general interestwhich would create a more inforrned public. (b) to help inorientation to new developments in the varioustechnical, Jusiness and-other professionalfields. (c) to offer courses forspecial groups such as civil servants,trade union officials, or various functionalcommunity organisations, and thelike. (d) to offer vocational courseswhich may be part-timedegree or certificate or diploma orpost-graduate or professional coursesaccording to the policyadopted by the University. (e) to undertake researchinto any aspect of theeducation of adults. (f) to train people atvarious levels for v.ork in theadult fAucation field. (g) to stimulate theintellectual and cultural life ofthe community in general. 145 1,4 4 (h) to promote a widerpublic unde standing of the potential and purposes of adulteducation. Enrolment figures for the hist tv, _ years areas follows: 1969. No of classes: 95;Enrolment: ;-/Iale, 3,535; Female688;Total, 5,223. 1970: No. of classes: 118;Enrolment, 5,144. Currently the Director of thedepartment is Mr. J. F. Conceicao who is assisted by astaff of two Administrators as well is a secretarial- clerical staff of five. Inaddition to its basic work of organisation of courses, the departmentundertakes seminars in collaboration v.fith overseas agencies and offers a regular programmeof free public lectui es. Direeor:J.F.Conceicao, Department of ExtramuralStudies,U. sityof Singapore, Bukit Timah Road, Singapore 10.

SOUTH VIETNAM The war has disrupted to aconsiderable extent the formerly well developed adult education services ofthe Department of National Educa- tion and the Popular CulturalAssociation and of various other Depart- ments such as those ofLabor, Civic Action, Rural Affairs. Apart from these bodies, a large number ofprivate schools, Buddhist Pagodas and voluntary organisations cater for youthwork and provide courses of various kinds foradults. The campaign of the Committee forthe Eradication of Illiteracy in Rural Areas hasbeen one of the major activities suspended by the war. Director of Service of Private Education,Department of National Education, Saigon.

THAILAND The Adult and Community Educationsection of the Ministry of Education concentrates its work mainly inthe fields of literacy and language teaching, remedial and vocationaleducation for adults. It provides courses both in Bangkok and in rural centres.Three of the universities, Chulalongkorn, Thammasat and theUniversity of Agriculture, and the College of Education provide betweenthem a variety of extension courses. These are mainly coursesfor teachers and other courses of a vocational nature, many leading to creditstowards a degree or diploma. The University of Agyiculture carries outextension programmes ranging from agricultural techMques to home making,and operates research and extension centres in rural areas. Mr. Sman bangmalli: Adult and CommunityEducation Division,Ministry of Education, Bangkok, Thailand.

146 Australian Associationof Adult Education

PUBLICATIONS

The Role of Colleges ofAdvanced Education in Austra ianAdult Education 1969. Ed., D. W. Crowley: pp,54. $2.00 plus postage. A Bibliography of AustralianAdult Education 1835-1965, by B. H.Crew. A.A.E.E. in association with TheNational Library of Australia. 1968: pp. 107.$1.20 plus postage. The Role of Schools andUniversities in Adult Education. Reportof UNESCO Regional Seminar held at Sydney.1964: pp. 128. $1.00 plus postage. Annual Conference Proceedings: Papers and Reports presentedat Annual Conference oftheAssociation. Quarto, bound, multilith. The Political Education ofAustralians. 1969. Part I: pp. 90, Recent Projects and Researchin Adult Education. 1969. PartII: pp. 60. $1.00 each plus postage25 cents. Adult Education in Australia The Next Ten Years. 1968: pp.300. $2.00 plus postage 25 cents. The Organisation of AdultEducation in Australia. 1967. Parts Iand II: pp. 365. $2.00 plus postage 50 cents. Television and Adult Education.1965: pp. 250. $2.00 plus postage25 cents. The Library and AdultEducation. 1964: pp. 200. $2.00plus postage 25 cents. Workshop. Ed., I. Hanna. Language Teaching ForAdult Education. Papers from a 1965: pp. 51. $1.00 plus13 cents postage. Proceedings of the 1970 AnnualConference, "Adult Education andCommunity Advancement-. will be availableearly in 1971. A monograph by Dr. N.Haines "Continuing Education and aResponsible Society", will also be available inearly 1971. Copies a allthe above publications maybe obtained from theSecretary, A.A.A.E., P.O. Box 1346,Canberra, A.C.T. 2601.

147 AUSTRALIAN JOURNAL OF ADULT EDUCATION

This Journal, published by theAustralian Association of Adult Education, appears in April, July andNovember each year. Journal objectives are: to describeand discuss activities and developments in the field of continuingeducation for adults; to publish acce,ints of investigations and researchin this field; to provide a forum for the discussion of significant ideas about theeducation of adults; and to review relevant books and periodicals. Subscription rates: $1.80 p.a. (within Australia);$2 p.a. (overseas Editor: John H. Shaw, Division ofPostgraduate Extension Studies, University of N.S.W., Box1,P.O. Kensington, N.S.W. 2033. Contributions,books and journals for review should be sent to the Editor. Business Manager: PeterJ.Tyler,W.E.A., 259 ClarenceSt.,Sydney2000. Correspondence concerning advertisements and subscriptionsshould be sent to this address.

148